Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit PG09-055 - KEY BANK
KEY ANK 3434 S 152 ST PGO9O55 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: Name: Address: Owner: Name: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Value of Plumbing /Gas Piping: Fees Collected: 0041000495 3434 S 152 ST TUKW DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMODEL RESTROOM FIXTURES doc: UPC -7/07 City Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us KEY BANK 3434S 152 ST , TUKWILA WA Plumbing Bathtub or combination bath/shower 0 Bidet 0 Clothes washer, domestic 0 Dental unit, cuspidor 0 Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain 0 Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) 1 Food -waste grinder, commercial 0 Floor drain 0 Shower, single head trap 0 Lavatory 0 Wash fountain Receptor, indirect waste 0 Sinks 0 Urinals 0 Water Closet 0 $71,000.00 $88.75 KEY BANK OF WASHINGTON C/0 FIRST AMER TAX VALUATN , PO BOX 560807 ED HANBICKI 600 108 AVE NE #700 , BELLEVUE WA Contractor: Name: HERDMAN PLUMBING LLC Address: PO BOX 4044 , SILVERDALE WA Contractor License No: HERDMPL940DA PLUMBING /GAS PIPING PERZMIT FIXTURE TYPE AND QUANTITY 0 * * continued on next page ** Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Phone: Phone: 206 - 962 -0462 Phone: 360 - 830 -0997 Expiration Date: 03/01/2010 PG09 -055 08/04/2009 01/31/2010 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2006 International Fuel Gas Code Edition: 2006 Plumbing (cont.) Building sewer and each trailer park sewer 0 Rain water system - per drain (inside bldg) 0 Water heater and /or vent 0 Industrial waste treatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors 0 Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treatment equipment 0 Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping 0 Medical gas piping system serving (1 -5) inlets /outlets for a specific gas 1 Medical gas piping (6 +) inlets /outlets 1 Gas Piping Gas piping outlets (0 -5) 0 Gas piping outlets (6 +) 0 PG09 -055 Printed: 08 -04 -2009 Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the perform • = of work. I - air- ' ed and obtain this plumbing /gas piping permit. Print Name: doc: UPC -7/07 City JP Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tulcwila.wa.us LJ Signature: ." Permit Number: PG09 -055 Issue Date: 08/04/2009 Permit Expires On: 01/31/2010 Date: V `l -1n This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PG09 -055 Printed: 08 -04 -2009 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Suite No: Tenant: KEY BANK 1: ** *PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING * ** doc: Cond -10/06 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS * * continued on next page ** • Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: PG09 -055 ISSUED 06/05/2009 08/04/2009 2: No changes shall be made to applicable plans and specifications unless prior approval is obtained from the Tukwila Building Division. 3: All permits, inspection records and applicable plans shall be maintained at the job and available to the plumbing inspector. 4: All plumbing and gas piping systems shall be installed in compliance with the Uniform Plumbing Code and the Fuel Gas Code. 5: No portion of any plumbing system or gas piping shall be concealed until inspected and approved. 6: All plumbing and gas piping systems shall be tested and approved as required by the Plumbing Code and Fuel Gas Code. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Plumbing Inspector. It shall be the duty of the holder of the permit to make sure that the work will stand the test prescribed before giving notification that the work is ready for inspection. 7: No water, soil, or waste pipe shall be installed or permitted outside of a building or in an exterior wall unless, adequate provision is made to protect such pipe from freezing. All hot and cold water pipes installed outside the conditioned space shall be insulated to minimum R -3. 8: Plastic and copper piping running through framing members to within one (1) inch of the exposed framing shall be protected by steel nail plates not less than 18 guage. 9: Piping through concrete or masonry walls shall not be subject to any load from building construction. No plumbing piping shall be directly embedded in concrete or masonry. 10: All pipes penetrating floor /ceiling assemblies and fire - resistance rated walls or partitions shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the building code. 11: Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its entire length. Trenches shall be backfilled in thin layers to twelve inches above the top of the piping with clean earth, which shall not contain stones, boulders, cinderfill, frozen earth, or construction debris. 12: The issuance of a permit or approval of plans and specifications shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the Plumbing Code or Fuel Gas Code or any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. PG09 -055 Printed: 08 -04 -2009 • City of Tukwila I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us ,45,/ref•liog Date: PG09 -055 Printed: 08 -04 -2009 Company Name: �Ac rG S CITY OF TUKW /LA Community Development Department Public Works 7)epart nen t Permit Center 6300 SouthcenterBivd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WR- -98188 hup://www.citukwilaxa. vs Company Name: 3 AC.d 5 Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Nturiber: Mailing Address: zSCD E . ' �3�A ' 7 S tc,tr v Contact Person: Ats's31G,tG.1 E -Mail Address: 0'Q4MAa -. en$44 ©S'ACcS / G'.CAAti Mailing Address: r'{i Sl . 22 6114 CL ContactPersonceNte E -Mail Address: . e 3- H:+Appliaatbnaomis- Applicnnuns On LineO039 Appliutirnx\l- 2f159 - Permit Aprliatinn doc lievsoi: 1 -ZOO bh Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** 2 ` j King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 05 ( 0 2•0%.C. Site Address: ° 43 "�► -- t (.52.44 " Suite Number: ' TenarttName: K.g'' — 3-A pie._ Property Owners Name: 1 M S . 7 , 4 „ Mailing Address: Zi 2-c? ~ i � AtZle\ • •4 . 01. e ./ti{TV CA . 4 4 4 -1 WC City State Zip Name: g""D it Day Telephone: • °Cn • C14Cs. Mailing Address: G _ • Cc\1 s.."-p, 3Z.11 City .Stare zp E -Mail Address: E . IAA $4 Jam- GGA . (G' Fax Number: (' 43 3 • 4 3 04 Company Name: Mailing Address: City Day Telephone.: Fax Number: Expiration Date: New Tenant: Floor: [] Yes State (XI-.No Zip o 4 --, `AA "--t3"4.tJ City State Zip Day Telephone: Zis' 2_ C_)‘&62. FaxNumber: 644 - '43'1 • "-1 q R.::.. � r::r. i..�.., ...:.�,,.s:� v,..;,.T ? • arcr�.p ...,.:.1.2: . .. . ...r ";'�. .•:.k1r(- :rfiljl .Ni�'Cl ^. :':S 'Yivv ..,�� -�: � ':. � ,. .. �r,'t� ..y�.^.. . B �,. •, ..., n . +.� 4, (• Y . ... : �;. 2'`u/ - ..ti r:" f`•rl.� d fti:U't Gi 1.5tA 3, +.t t4'' ' c1 : ,r '•�. � .i �-, z, v � ;xrs, f�`',r n �.•s.•'� �`<±• 4.r. �+'�:r`n.{ ✓., to `,:a. .nt. ,; :,r....S'4 •.{ = Zdd:raAs... ">i.°`S;�'•d;, .r.. ,..g :�:��t't', t ' n i ''4 . ...:...r:.�::...... .::.�:� -�:. �....:.�.:nr..asY'!r'v'_ ..P' _ r.K�:ti .�•r..�fi .t..�fi��. �*..yy, °� .. •iti)n` rYR ., yr s .. �.�.: vagArCni - 7* 2/3 Ciy State Zip 1--L_ Day Telephone: AG• .zzz • Fax Number: C.9.k4 1 431 • 4{3c4 Page I of 6 .% fixture Typ :..• . ' Qt Y iXtuur:e Tvpe ,. ; . Qom; = :Fliii ite-T'trpe . Fi]ttiti ,`, 3<pe Bathtub or combination bath/shower Bidet Clothes washer, domestic Dental unit, cuspidor Dishwasher, domestic. with independent drain Drinking fountain nr water cooler (per head) t Food- waste erinder, commercial Floor Drain Shower, single head trap i Lavatory lc Wash fountain. Q Receptor, indirect waste Sinks • ` I Urinals Water Closet � ' Building sewer and each trailer park sewer Rain water system - per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent Industrial waste treatment interceptor, including trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Each grease trap (connected to not more than 4 fixtures - <750 gallon capacity) �— Grease .interceptor for commercial kitchen ( >750 gallon capacity) • Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treatment equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Backflow protective device other than atmospheric -type vacuum breakers over 2 inch.(51 mm) diameter Medical gas•piping system serving 1 -5 inlets /outlets for a. apecif c. gets _............ -_... Each lawn sprinkler system on any one meter including baekflo* protection devices Each additional medical gas inlets/outlets greater than 5 Backflow protective device other than atmospheric -type vacuum breakers 2 inch (51 mm) diameter or smaller Almospheric-type vacuum breakers not included in lawn sprinkler backflow Protections (1 -5) Atmospheric -type vacuum breakers not included in lawn sprinkler baekflow protections over 5 Gas piping outlets • PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: ''T i'9 Mailing Address: City — Si. at. Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: - E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ ! 1 () Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): c1F 9.gos' "* Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): 'j/4a. — Occupancy (per Tnt'1 Building Code): t 74I {3es / pwr.__ Utility Purveyor: Water: 4 E- f t 1 ( Sewer: Q 'L`! Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and /or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below H:Uppli:aionsl=o:ms- Applicators On•Line12009 ApplicationAl -2009 Pernik Application.doc Aeviw.47 1.2rfn bn Page5oft Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction. amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply With current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications. for which ,ro permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable causedcirionstrated.. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Codc (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ. AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PEIU`!IIT. FIVIL )ING OWNE OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: C Signature: -V, -/. _ Print Name: the j c.i gik k ; y Day Telephone: Ze1; ' 96 Z. (2 Mailing Address: &IN" 1 '" . t IF. z` 74etw%' T[, es/ 1.4. p cutceet State Zip Date Application Accepted: Lo Date Application. Expires: Staff Initials: u�2 H: Nppheelionaonns- Applieatiens On Line4009 Applicalions11 -2009 - Pennil Application :don Revised 1 -2009 bh City Date: 6'S. ®"1 Page 6 of 6 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: KEY BANK Receipt No.: R09 -01222 Payee: HERDMAN PLUMBING • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd MC - Authorization No. 004433 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLUMBING - NONRES RECEIPT 71.00 Account Code Current Pmts 000.322.103.00.0 71.00 Total: $71.00 Permit Number: PG09 -055 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 06/05/2009 Issue Date: Payment Amount: $71.00 Initials: WER Payment Date: 08/04/2009 02:35 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 AYMENT ECEIVED doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 08 -04 -2009 Parcel No.: 0041000495 Address: 3434 S 152 ST TUKW Suite No: Applicant: KEYBANK Receipt No.: R09 -00840 Initials: User ID: Payee: WER 1655 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description EDWARD HANBICKI Payment Credit Crd VISA - Authorization No. 09669C PLAN CHECK - NONRES • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount RECEIPT 17.75 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 17.75 Total: $17.75 Permit Number: PG09 -055 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 06/05/2009 Issue Date: Payment Amount: $17.75 Payment Date: 06/05/2009 01:57 PM Balance: $71.00 YMENT DECEIVED doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 06 -05 -2009 Proje t' ,6,6,- 14 Type of I Address: "; Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / a.m. Requester: Phone No: . 2 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit P601 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: DPrM% (.)"A Date: "oei El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: 67.5"✓I' Type of Inspection: A - , N.— - x /2. .4 h ./e Address: 393/ S /)2.s -r Date Called: Special Instructions: -. ./7 Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: 4 / g5'6 — oss' `7 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECT! 4 N NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1eb 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 - 7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Ins ector: LI $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: ACTIVITY NUMBER: PG09 -055 PROJECT NAME: KEY BANK SITE ADDRESS: 3434 S 152 ST X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 06 -05 -09 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: fia XV alit t Building Division ublic WorIs� Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • pp, P ERMIT PLAN REVIE't ? /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 06-09 -09 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 07 -07-09 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 2 COLONIAL AM CAS Et SURETY OF MARYLAND LPM4071036 02/09/2009 Until Cancelled $12,000.0002/09 /2009 1 COLONIAL AM CAS Et SURETY OF MARYLAN D LPM407103602/28/200602/09/2009 $6,000.00 03/01/2006 Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date HERDMAN, ADAM 03/01/2006 HERDMAN, HAYLEE 03/01 /2006 Untitled Page • • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&tI to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company HERDMAN PLUMBING LLC 3608300997 PO BOX 4044 SI LVERDALE WA 98383 KITSAP Limited Liability Company UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Specialty 1 Specialty 2 602583413 ACTIVE HERDMPL940DA CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR 3/1/2006 3/1/2010 GENERAL UNUSED Business Owner Information Bond Information https://fortress.wa.gov/lniibbip/Detail.aspx Page 1 of 2 08/04/2009 CH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM SITE PLAN 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. V. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE A PR +_VED JUN 12 2009 City of k wily BUILDING DIVISION! FELEC PY Permit No.. ?5 Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy : conditil , 1 . ckn. edged: 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 ABBREVIATIONS A - A7c AIR CONDITIONING ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFS ABOVE FINISH SLAB AHD AFTER HOURS DEPOSIT BOX ALUM ALUMINUM ALT ALTERNATE • ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE AND B BD BDLG BLKG c CAB CABINET CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CPT CARPET CLG CEIUNG CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN • CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECT OR CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS CORR CORRIDOR DEPT DET DF DIA DIM DR DWG E EL EJ ELEC ETO EQ EQUIP ETR EXIST EXT F FA FD FE FEC FF FF&E BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING DEPARTMENT DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIMENSION DOOR DRAWING ELEVATION EXPANSION JOINT ELECTRICAL BANKING EQUIPMENT EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM FIELD DIMENSION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FINISH FACE FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT FIN FLR FINISH FLOOR FIXT FIXTURE FLR FLOOR FR FIRE-RATED Fr FEET FURN FURNITURE FV FIELD VERIFY G GA GALV GL GYP BD GWB H HORIZ HM HR HT HVAC GAUGE GALVANIZED GLASS GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM WALL BOARD HORIZONTAL HOLLOW METAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDONING INFO INFORMATION INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR J JAN JANITOR L ti LINEAR FEET (FOOT) LAM LAMINATE M 1.4 MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFP MULTI-FAX PRINTER MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL N N/A NOT APPLICABLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NTS NOT TO SCALE 0 do OFCI OF01 OFF OH OPT P PL- # PREFAB PT P.T. R RD REF RF s TAN SECT SF SIM SS STD STRUCT T TEMP THK TO TYP TON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VEND VENDOR VERT VERTICAL VIF VERIFY IN FIELD w W/ WC WD WWF WWR ON CENTER OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED OFFICE OPPOSITE HAND OPTIONAL PLASTIC LAMINATE PREFABRICATED POINT PRESSURE TREATED ROOF DRAIN REFERENCE RAISED FLOOR SANITARY SECTION SQUARE FOOT (FEET) SIMILAR STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STRUCTURAL TEMPERED THICK TOP OF TYPICAL WITH WATER CLOSET WOOD WELDED WIRE FABRIC WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS ROOM NAME 1)00%1 XXX-# • XXX4 )00(-# +- +1:'o" I I AREA I REFERENCED I 00° XXIA)00( NORTH COLUMN GRID& TAGS ROOM NAME & NUMBER DOOR NUMBER WINDOW TYPE EQUIPMENT TAG WALL FINISH/WAINSCOT (WHERE APPLICABLE) BASE FINISH FLOOR FINISH KEYNOTE REFERENCE DATUM ELEVATION HEIGHT ABOVE DATUM EXISTING TO REMAIN • . — REVISION TAG & BUBBLE DIRECTION OF SECTION/DETAIL CUT - 1g-- SECTION/DETAIL IDENTIFICATION - DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION -.is—ENLARGED DETAIL/AREA IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION • --■—•—• ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION AND DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION SINGLE INTERIOR ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION B MULTIPLE ELEVATIONS IDENTIFICATION -- DRAWING SHEET IDENTIFICATION PLAN NORTH INDICATOR CHANGE IN CEILING HEIGHT OR CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISHES DEFERRED SUBMITTALS LIST MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL. NOTE: INSTALLATION OF DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE STARTED UNTIL DETAILED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. DRAWING INDEX DRAWING No. DRAWING TITLE GENERAL: 0-001 0-002 0-003 0 0-100 G-101 G-102 0-103 0-104 G-105 G-106 G-107 G-108 G-109 G-110 0-111 C 11C PLUMBING: P-001 P-101 P-501 TITLE SHEET CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS PLAN, DRAWING INDEX, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX GENERAL NOTES, DEMOUTION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS INDEX SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS OPEetrI0A11e118 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS BASEMENT PLUMBING DEMOUTION AND NEW WORK PLANS PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES CODE ANALYSIS PROJECT OVERVIEW: CODE: REQUIRED INSPECTIONS: SECTION 109 ALTERATIONS: SECTION 3403.3 OCCUPANCY GROUP: SECTION 304 HEIGHT /AREA REQTS: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: SECTION 602 EXTERIOR WALLS (EXISTING) TABLE 602 INTERIOR FINISHES: (WALLS & CEILING NONSP RI NKLERED) TABLE 803.5 TENANT IMPROVEMENTS TO AN EXISTING 3,815 SQUARE FOOT, 1 STORY (WITH BASEMENT) FREE STANDING BUILDING, WHERE KEY BANK IS THE ONLY TENANT. EXTERIOR SCOPE INCLUDES RE-ROOFING, NEW GUTTERS AND REPLACING EXISTING CANOPY OVER ATM. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE IS NOT IN CONTRACT. INTERIOR SCOPE INCLUDES NEW HARD WALLED SPACES, NEW FURNITURE / EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT, NEW SUSPENDED LAY-IN CEILING AND FINISHES, ADA UPGRADES INCLUDE CABNETRY, DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND COUPON ROOM. REFER TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. 2006 SEATTLE BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2006 EXISTING BUILDING CODE (IEBC) 2006 SEATTLE FIRE CODE (IFC) 2006 SEATTLE MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) 2006 SEATTLE PLUMBING CODE (UPC) 2005 SEATTLE ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) TBD, ROOF AND FINAL INSPECTIONS NONSTRUCTURAL B, BUSINESS - BANK NO CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY/USE EXISTING BUILDING, NO HEIGHT/AREA CHANGES ASSUMED: V B, COMBUSTIBLE NON-SPRINKLERED 0 HRS OVER 30' SEPARATION EXIT ENCLOSURES & EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: CLASS A CORRIDORS: CLASS B ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: CLASS C FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPED SECTION 803.1 FLOOR FINISH: SECTION 804.4.1 OCCUPANTS: TABLE 1004.1.1 EGRESS WIDTH: TABLE 1005.1 ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS: SECTION 1011 MIN # OF EXITS FOR OCCUPANT LOAD: TABLE 1019.1 TRAVEL DISTANCE: TABLE 1016.1 COMMON PATH: SECTION 1014.3 SEISMIC CATEGORY CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD 0-25: SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD 26-75: SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD 76-200 SMOKE DEVELOPED 0-450 , CLASS FIRST FLOOR: 3,897/100SF = 39 OCC BASEMENT: 3,334/100SF = 34 OCC WITHOUT SPRINKLER PROTECTION FIRST FLOOR: 0.20"/OCC X 39 = 7.8°, 64!' PROVIDED BASEMENT: 0.30 'MCC X 34 = 10.2" 64 PROVIDED EXISTING TO REMAIN FIRST FLOOR: (39 OCC) 2 REQUIRED, 2 PROVIDED BASEMENT: (34 OCC) 2 REQUIRED, 2 PROVIDED WITH OUT SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 200' TRAVEL DISTANCE WITHOUT SPRINKLER PROTECTION B OCC 75 FEET COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL D: ALL CONSTRUCTION AND CONNECTIONS TO MEET CATEGORY D REQUIRMENTS EGRESS PLAN FIRST FLOOR (NON-SPRINKLED) BASEMENT (NON-SPRINKLED) COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL P(101 octu- ()5 REVIPI/VFn FOR COMOtifiNCI JUN 1 2 2009 City of Tukwila BtJLDNG DJVJSIr mAY fg 2009 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: N.T.S. RECEIVE JUN 05 2009 PERMIT GENTEF NORTH JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437-4300 FAX (614) 437-4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Designed By: PDX Drawing No.: Date 05-05-09 Issue/Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04-09-09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS PLAN, DRAWING • INDEX, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS G-002 Supplier Category Product/Service Description KeyBank Contract No. or PO No. Main Contact Phone Email Mailing Address GC to order from Supplier GC to order from Authorized Distributor Key / CM to Order GC to install Supplier to Install Armstrong Flooring VCT (vinyl composition tile) 07 -0739 Trina Siegrist 717- 396 -367 tlsiegrist @armstrong.com x x Phillis Miller, Sherry 800 -442- Post Office Box 3001 Armstrong Ceiling Ceiling tile and grids 07 - 0739 Brunt, Beth Rinehart 4212 armstrongcsa @armstrong Landcaster PA 17604 X X 877 -286- 14641 East Don Julian Bentley Princestreet Flooring Main Carpet for Branch 07- 0647 -001 Pam Mulverhill 0001 pam. mulverhill @bentleyprincestreet.com Road City of Industry, CA 91746 X X 877 -286 - 14641 East Don Julian Bentley Princestreet Flooring Carpet, Walk Off Mat for Vestibule 07- 0647 -001 Pam Mulverhill 0001 pam. mulverhill @bentleyprincestreet.com Road City of Industry, CA 91746 X X (o) 248-350 - Blue Water Digital Marketing /LCD displays LCD Monitor, mounts, and system 07 -0485 Chad Hines 1155 ext. 481,(c) 248 - chines @visual- productions.com x X 470 -5583 603 -509- 10 Main Street Brandpartners Fixtures, Marketing Marketing fixtures, Interior Signage 07 -0554 Heidi McGuigan 1569 hmcguigan @brandpartners.com Rochester, NH, 03839 X X 216 -741- 4811 Van Epps Road Brilliant Signage Exterior signage 07 -0684 Patty Molnar 3800 PMolnar @brilliantsign.com Cleveland, OH 44131- x x 1082 865 -675- 346 Sweeney Drive, Crossville Flooring and wainscot Restroom wall and floor tile 08 -0304 Sheila Wynn 0939 swynn @crossvilleinc.com Crossville, TN 38555 X X 3792 Boettler Oaks Diebold Inc. Security & bank equipment Alarms, Safes, ATMs, VAT, CCTV, 06 -0558 Debbie Halkovics 330 -899- halkovd @diebold.com Drive Suite gH 44685- 7769 X X Fleischmann Office Interiors Furniture (Western Region) Kimball - Cubes, office furniture, desks 07 -0423 (Smith CFI customer number is KEY000) Christy Jones 206-826 - 6314 Christy @sfoi.com CO x X Grainger Drinking Fountain, Trash Can, &Lockers Drinking Fountain, Trash Can, & Lockers Vendor No is 802144527 JOHN WANHAINEN 216-322 - 5966 JOHN.WANHAINEN @GRAINGER.COM X X Graybar Lighting Interior and Exterior Branch Lights 99- 0378 -005 Tony Morbeto 216 -432- 2500 anthony.morbeto @gbe.com 1100 East 55th Street, Cleveland, OH 44103 X Group 2112 Furniture (Eastern Reg ion) Kimball - Cubes, office furniture, desks 07 -0423 (Smith CFI customer number is KEY000) Lisa Vlcek 212-989 - 2761 Lisa.VIcek @group2112.com NY X X Harney Woodworking Millwork Teller lines, casings, jambs, hearth, eta 07 -0531 Brad Harbaugh 410 -876- 7477 bharbaugh @hameywoodworking.com 5112 Allendale Lane, Taneytown, MD 21787 X x 07 -0721, Vendor No is 800-241 - Mannington Flooring Main Lobby area porcelain tile SAK001 Joyce Holbert 2262 ext. Joyce_Holbert @mannington.com x x 6412 Ohio Desk Furniture (Great Lakes Region) Kimball - Cubes, office furniture, desks 07 -0423 (Smith CFI customer number is KEY000) Tammy Zook (216) 556 - 8632 tzook @ohiodesk.com Ohio x x 1- 330 -854- Sears Appliances Fridge, Microwave 08 -0234 Carl Cramer 3017 ccrame4 @searshc.com X X 216 -566- 101 Prospect Avenue, 1000 Midland Sherwin Williams Paint Paint (Interior & Exterior) 08 -0499 Ryan Schneeman 1765 ryan.schneeman @sherwin.com Building,Cleveland, OH X X 44115 07 -0423 (Smith CFI 503-525 - Smith CFI Furniture Steelcase Seating customer number is Jessica Stitcher 3512 jessicas @smithcfi.com x X KEY000) EP149171 for 2008 800-231 - 6655 Parkland Blvd. Surface Materials Inc. Wall Coverings Wallpaper BMod Michelle V. 3223 ext michellev @surfacematerials.com Solon, Ohio 44139 x x 131 Johnson Controls (JCI) • Fred Bryant 405 -419- frederick.n.bryant 6655 Parkland Blvd. x X York HVAC HVAC Equipment 08 -0331 6349 @jci.com. Solon, Ohio 44139 Note: All other Specifications not listed can bo sourced and Installed by the General Contractors. All prices must be honored direct to the GC without markup. Generally all the manufacturers will help provide overall project storage in a centralized US location(s) GC will need to work through authorized distributors or installers to arrange ordering & scheduling REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE JUN 12 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION! PGOct%P oss RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTEF R CITY MAY ‘q 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Dra Sheet Title: RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX G -004 GENERAL NOTES CODES, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS: 1. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL BUILDING PERMITS REQUIRED BY LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 2. CONTRACTORS SHALL MEET ALL LOCAL, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS OF DEMOLITION, SAFETY AND SANITARY PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS INCLUDING CONTACTING LOCAL UTILITY PROTECTION SERVICE. 3, ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES, AMENDMENTS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, LAWS, ORDERS, APPROVALS ETC., THAT ARE BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, THE MOST ASTRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THE CURRENTLY APPLICABLE EDITIONS OR PUBLICATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING: A. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE B. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION C. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE D. ALL LOCAL AND MUNICIPAL CODES 4. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR POSTING OCCUPANT LOAD, LIVE LOAD, USE GROUP AND CONSTRUCTION TYPE ON A PLACARD AS DESIGNATED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL WAIVE "COMMON PRACTICE" AND °COMMON USAGE" AS CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA WHEREVER DETAILS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES ETC., REQUIRE GREATER QUANTITY OR BETTER QUALITY COMMON PRACTICE OR COMMON USAGE WOULD REQUIRE. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL SITE REQUIREMENTS, ISSUES AND UTILITIES. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL SOILS REPORT WHEN APPLICABLE. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT ITEMS: 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT WHETHER THE PROJECT FOR WHICH THEY ARE PREPARED IS EXECUTED OR NOT. . THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE USED BY OWNER, LANDLORD OR TENANT FOR OTHER PROJECTS OR EXTENSIONS TO THE PROJECT NOR ARE THEY TO BE MODIFIED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER EXCEPT BY AGREEMENT IN WRITING AND WITH APPROPRIATE COMPENSATION TO THE ARCHITECT. IF COPIES ARE REQUIRED, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS. 2. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: A. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS B. ANY AND ALL ADDENDA 3, IF AT ANY TIME BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK OFD DURING PROGRESS THEREOF, CONTRACTOR'S METHODS, EQUIPMENT OR APPLIANCES ARE INEFFICIENT OR INAPPROPRIATE FOR SECURING QUALITY OF WORK OR HATE OF PROGRESS INTENDED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OWNERS MAY ORDER CONTRACTOR TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OR INCREASE THEIR EFFICIENCY. THIS WILL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF HIS SURETIES OR THEIR OBLIGATIONS TO SECURE QUALITY OF WORK OR RATE OF PROGRESS SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT. 4, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL COORDINATION OF DRAWINGS: 1. CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY THAT NO CONFLICTS EXIST IN LOCATIONS OF PROPOSED WALLS. COORDINATE ALL MECHANICAL, TELEPHONE, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED OR INSTALLED (ITEMS TO INCLUDE ARE ALL PIPING, DUCT WORK, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND CONDUIT; AND EXISTING CONDITIONS.. VERIFY THAT ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ABOVE EQUIPMENT ARE PROVIDED. ELEMENTS TO BE EXPOSED OR CONCEALED SHALL BE DETERMINED AND REVIEWED WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDING. 2. CONTRACTORS AND SUBS SHALL COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND EXACT LOCATION OF ALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, ACCESSORIES, ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND LIGHT SWITCHES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS IN THE FIELD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN DATA SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND DATA SHOWN ON THE SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN. DETAIL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DRAWINGS OF LARGER SCOPE. SHOULD THE CONTRACTORS AT ANY TIME DISCOVER AN ERROR IN A DRAWING OR SPECIFICATION, OR A DISCREPANCY OR VARIATION BETWEEN DIMENSIONS OR DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENTS AT SITE OR LACK OF DIMENSIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION, HE SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK AFFECTED UNTIL CLARIFICATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED WITH THE ARCHITECT OR CONTRACTOR ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR MODIFICATION OF ALL ASSOCIATED WORK INSTALLED INCORRECTLY AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. 4. THE FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FIRM, WELL ANCHORED, IN TRUE LIGHT ALIGNMENT, PLUMB LEVEL WITH SMOOTH CLEAN UNIFORM APPEARANCES WITHOUT WAVES, DISTORTIONS, HOLES, MARKS, CRACKS, STAINS OR DISCOLORATION. JOINTING SHALL BE CLOSE FITTING, NEAT AS WELL SCRIBED. THE FINISHED WORK SHALL HAVE NO EXPOSED UNSIGHTLY ANCHORS OR FASTENERS AND SHALL NOT PRESENT HAZARDOUS, UNSAFE CORNERS. ALL WORK SHALL HAVE THE PROVISION FOR EXPANSION, CONTRACTION, AND SHRINKAGE AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT CRACKS, BUCKLING AND WARPING DUE TO TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OR ANY DEFICIENCIES IN THE BUILDING SCOPE OF WORK AREAS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ANY UNREPORTED DEFICIENCIES WILL BECOME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CORRECT. 6. NEW PARTITIONS SHOWN ARE TO ALIGN WITH THE FAC:. OF ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (ALIGN FINISHED FACE TO FINISHED FACE.. PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL LAYER OF GYP. BD. FROM NEW PARTITION LOCATIONS TO THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO PRODUCE A FLUSH APPEARANCE WITH NOW VISIBLE JOINTS, IF STUD ALIGNMENT IS NOT OBTAINED. 7, ATTACHMENTS, CONNECTIONS, OR FASTENINGS OF ANY NATURE ARE TO BE PROPERLY AND PERMANENTLY SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH BEST PRACTICE AND THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THEM ACCORDINGLY AND TO THESE CONDITIONS. THE DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY SPECIAL CONDITIONS TO ASSIST CONTRACTOR. THEY DO NOT ILLUSTRATE EVERY DETAILED CONNECTION. 8. THE CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE. THE CONTRACTORS AND SUBS SHALL COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND EXACT LOCATION OF ALL ITEMS IN THE FIELD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 9. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL DELIVERIES AND DISPOSAL COORDINATION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND SECURITY PERSONNEL. 10. FOR CUSTOM MILLWORK, DOTTED LINE INDICATES MILLWORK ABOVE. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 11. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE JOB AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER FITTING OF HIS /HEFT WORK THERE TO. 12. ALL EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION ARE IDENTIFIED ON DRAWINGS BY THE WORD "EXISTING" OR "EXIST ". UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE, ALL NOTES REFER TO NEW MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED UNDER EACH CONTRACT. 13. MATERIAL INDICATIONS, NOTES ETC., ARE TYPICAL FOP ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS U.O.N. 14. ALIGN MEANS SIMILAR COMPONENTS OF CONSTRUCTION, I.E., WALLS JAMBS, ETC., SHALL BE IN LINE ACROSS VOIDS. 15. DOTTED LINE INDICATES GYP. BD. SOFFIT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND /OR DETAILS NOTED FOR EXACT HEIGHT. GENERAL NOTES (CONT.) 16. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FROM FINISH FACE TO GYPSUM BOARD TO FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD U.O.N. 17. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITH THE EDGE OF FINISH OPENING FOUR (4) INCHES FROM THE ADJACENT WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN NEAREST ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED IN SET. DIMENSIONAL COORDINATION OF DRAWINGS: 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS; DIMENSIONS GOVERN. VERIFY DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE TO /FROM FINISHED FACE OF CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT AS NOTED. 3. VERTICAL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM TOP OF FLOOR SLAB, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED TO BE FROM ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (A.F.F.). 4. DIMENSIONS ARE NOT ADJUSTABLE WITHOUT APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 5. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL CONTINUOUSLY CHECK ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL CLEARANCES FOR ACCESSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. NO ALLOWANCE OF ANY KIND WILL BE MADE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S NEGLIGENCE TO FORESEE MEANS OF INSTALLING EQUIPMENT INTO POSITION INSIDE STRUCTURES OR PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY ITEMS THAT MAY CAUSE A CHANGE FROM THE DIMENSIONS OUTLINED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR INSTRUCTIONS TO CLARIFY OR MODIFY OF THE AREA. 6. FLOOR TOLERANCE: FINISHED FLOOR STABS TO BE LEVELED TO A TOLERANCE OF +/ -1/8" SLOPE IN 10 FEET. CONTRACTORS TO IMMEDIATELY VERIFY SLOPE AND REPORT ANY DEVIATIONS FROM ABOVE STATED TOLERANCE TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. ALIGNMENT OF DOOR HEADS AND OTHER CRITICAL HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT A CONSTANT LEVEL AND SHALL NOT FOLLOW VARIATIONS IN FLOOR PLANES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO LEVEL FLOOR TO MEET ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES AS REQUIRED. 7. CONTRACTORS TO LAYOUT ALL PARTITIONS WITH CHALK LINES ON FLOOR SLAB FOR APPROVAL BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 8. ANY DIMENSION NOTED "VERIFY, OR VERIFY IN FIELD (VIF)" MUST BE REVIEWED WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS INDICATED TO BE "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR VARIATIONS IN THESE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK IN THE QUESTIONABLE AREA. PATCHING, REPAIR AND PROTECTION: 1. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING FIRE PROOFING DAMAGED OR REMOVED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. FIREPROOF NEW PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED BY THE WOY {KIN AREAS ADJACENT TO FIRE PROOFING. 2. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR ANY EXISTING FINISHES INCLUDING ELEVATORS, LOBBIES AND CORRIDORS OF THE BUILDING AND STRUCTURE. 3. CUT AND FIT COMPONENTS FOR ALTERATION OF EXISTING WORK AND INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. PATCH DISTURBED AREAS TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS AND FINISHES. DOOR NOTES: 1. PARTITION TYPES ABOVE DOORS ARE TO BE SAME AS THE ADJACENT PARTITIONS (U.O.N.). 2. VERIFY DOOR UNDERCUTS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND DIMENSIONED, ALL DOORS SHALL BE 4" FROM HINGE SIDE TO CLOSEST INTERSECTING WALL. ADA (AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES) ITEMS: 1. PROVIDE A MINIMUM DIMENSION OF 18" CLEAR ON THE PULL SIDE AND 12" CLEAR ON THE PUSH SIDE OF ALL DOORS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF CONFLICTS FOR CLARIFICATION. 2. SEE DRAWING FOR GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENT. SCHEDULING ITEMS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER AND SCHEDULE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN AMPLE TIME TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONSTRUCTION. IF AN ITEM IS FOUND TO BE UNAVAILABLE OR HAVE A LONG LEAD TIME, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND TENANT ITEMS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE BASE BUILDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL BASE BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA. 2. THE BUILDING OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BUILDING CODE COMPLIANCE AT PUBLIC CORRIDORS, STAIRWELLS, RESTROOMS AND ELEVATORS OUTSIDE OF TENANT SPACES. 3. ALL PARTITIONS MEETING THE BASE BUILDING PERIMETER SHELL ARE TO INTERSECT AT THE CENTER LINE OF THE MULLION PLASTER OR COLUMN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. MAKE ALL NECESSARY PROVISIONS FOR ITEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE FURNISHED OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR THESE PROVISIONS UNTIL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE PROVISIONS FOR N.I.C. ITEMS WITH APPROPRIATE TRADES. BLOCKING AND BRACING: 1. ALL PARTITIONS ARE TO BE SECURED OR BRACED TO STRUCTURE AT A MINIMUM OF 8' -0" ON CENTER WITH TWO (2. BRACES PER SECTION U.O.N. 2. ALL PARTITIONS TO STRUCTURE ARE FOR ACOUSTICAL SEPARATION AND /OR SECURITY. NOT FOR FIRE RATING U.O.N. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING, STEEL STUDS AND /OR MOUNTING PLATES AS REQUIRED AT ALL WALL HUNG SHELVING, CABINETS, WOOD PANELS, EQUIPMENT, LIGHT FIXTURES ETC. (U.O.N.) VERIFY SHOP STANDARD WITH MILLWORK SUBCONTRACTOR AND REVIEW WITH ARCHITECT FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES (CONT.) SUBMITTALS AND DRAWING QUALITY: 1. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND LAYOUTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT TO ARCHITECT, NO CONSTRUCTION SHALL PROCEED UNTIL APPROVAL OF THESE DRAWINGS. ALL OF THE TRADES NOTED ABOVE SHALL SUBMIT DRAWINGS IN THE SAME TIME FRAME FOR ARCHITECT TO REVIEW DOCUMENTS FOR COORDINATION ITEMS AND ISSUES. 2. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MANUFACTURE'S SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF ALL MATERIALS, METHODS AND TRADES TO BE USED PRIOR TO ORDERING OR PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 3. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. IF THESE DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRARY TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING IMMEDIATELY TO RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO ORDERING OR PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4. ONLY NEW ITEMS OF RECENT MANUFACTURER OR STANDARD QUALITY, FREE FROM DEFECTS WILL BE PERMITTED ON THE WORK. REJECTED ITEMS SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY FROM THE WORK AND REPLACED WITH ITEMS OF THE QUALITY SPECIFIED. FAILURE TO REMOVE REJECTED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALITY AND CHARACTER OF ITEMS USED, NOR FROM ANY OTHER OBLIGATION IMPOSED ON HIM /HER BY THE CONTRACT. 5. CUSTOM MILLWORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI. QUALITY STANDARDS. PREMIUM GRADE SEAL ALL WOOD SURFACES RECEIVING PAINT OR PLASTIC LAMINATE TO PREVENT MOISTURE PENETRATION. 6. NO WORK DEFECTIVE IN CONSTRUCTION OR QUALITY OR DEFICIENT IN ANY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE IN CONSEQUENCE OF ARCHITECTS FAILURE TO DISCOVER OR POINT OUT DEFECTS OR DEFICIENCIES DURING CONSTRUCTION; NOR WILL PRESENCE OF OTHER PARTIES ON SITE RELIEVE CONTRACTORS FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURING QUALITY AND PROGRESS OF WORK AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT. DEFECTIVE WORK REVEALED WITHIN REQUIRED TIME GUARANTEES SHALL BE REPLACED BY WORK CONFORMING WITH INTENT OF CONTRACT. NO PAYMENT WHETHER PARTIAL OR FINAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS AN ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK OR OF IMPROPER MATERIALS. 7. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE TO NUMBER SYMBOL, TO TITLE OF A SPECIFICATION SUCH AS COMMERCIAL STANDARDS, FEDERAL SPECIFICATION, TRADE REQUIREMENTS IN A LATEST EDITION OR REVISION THEREOF AND WITH ANY AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENTAL , THERETO IN EFFECT ON DATE OF ORIGIN OF THIS PROJECTS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUCH STANDARD, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN, SHALL HAVE FORCE AND EFFECTS AS THOUGH PRINTED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 8. REFERENCES TO MAKES, BRANDS, MODELS ETC., IS TO ESTABLISH TYPE AND QUALITY DESIRED; SUBSTITUTION OF ACCEPTABLE EQUALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE WHEN MADE ACCORDINGLY TO PROCEDURES FOR SUBSTITUTIONS. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: 1. NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED IN ALL BANK BRANCHES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. SIGNS: 1. G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT LOCATION FROM BUILDING TO APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXTERIOR SIGNS WITH KEYBANK SIGNAGE VENDOR (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS). DEMOLITION NOTES SCOPE OF DEMOLITION 1. THE EXISTING CONDITION /DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED AS GENERAL GUIDE TO THE DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. DEMOLITION IS NOT SHOWN IN COMPLETE DETAIL AND IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEMOLITION /CONTRACTORS TO REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE NEW DESIGN INTENT AND /OR WORK SHOWN OR REASONABLY IMPLIED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE FLOOR PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE WORK SHOWN ON ALL OTHER DRAWINGS IN THE SET FOR THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK INTENT. (LE.: MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SHEETS /NOTES) GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO VISIT THE JOB SITE TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BY FAX (RECORD) AS SOON AS POSSIBLE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOR RESOLUTION OF THE ISSUE(S) PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF ANY WORK. 2. TYPICAL: DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR AND /OR GENERAL CONTRACTORS ARE TO REMOVE ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON DEMO- PLANS. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL NOTED ITEMS INCLUDING DRAWINGS IN THE SET: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN OR BE RE -USED (SEE ALL TRADES DEMOLITION /DRAWINGS AND NOTES). A. ITEMS FOUND WITHIN WALLS AND CEILING THAT RUN THROUGH THE SPACE FEEDING AND /OR CONNECTING AN ADJACENT AREA(S) ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. FOR QUESTIONABLE ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FOUND /UNKNOWN CONDITIONS AND ITEMS NOT SHOWN /LISTED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE REMOVING THE ABOVE MENTIONED ITEMS. C. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CONDUIT (INCLUDING ALL WIRE IN EXISTING FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM). DUCTWORK, HANGERS, CEILING TILE, GRID, FRAMINGS, PIPING, ETC THROUGHOUT WORK AREA. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE ANY EXISTING J- BOXES, SWITCHES ETC. THAT ARE BEING RE -USED AND REQUIRED TO BE MOVED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION OR NEW FURRING. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION FOR OTHER TRADES AS NOTED IN THE MECHANICAL PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION AND ELECTRICAL DEMO- DRAWINGS AND NOTES. BUILDING CONDITIONS: 1. CONTRACTORS SHALL PATCH SURFACES OF EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS THAT ARE NOT BEING DEMOLISHED OR WERE DAMAGED DUE TO THE DEMOLITION PROCEEDINGS. 2. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, ADHESIVE, ETC. AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS (PATCH AND REPAIR) TO ACCOMMODATE NEW FLOOR FINISHES, PREPARE FLOOR SURFACE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. LEVEL AREAS AND FEATHER TO NEW AND DIFFERENT FINISHES TO AVOID TRIP HAZARDS >1/2 ". (FEATHER OR SLOPE 1:2) r 3, REMOVE ALL INDICATED WALLS, WALL FURRING, DOOR FRAMES, ETC., THROUGHOUT THE AREA TO FACILITATE NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DEMOLITION NOTES (CONT.) 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING DRYWALL CEILING(S), SUSPENDED CEILING TILE(S) AS SHOWN IN SET. COORDINATE BRACING AND SUPPORTS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES ETC. A. WHERE SMALL AREAS OF CEILING ARE AFFECTED BY DEMO AND /OR ARE ADJACENT TO EXISTING CEILING; REPAIR ADJOINING CEILINGS AND PAINT AND /OR INSTALL NEW TILE TO MATCH EXISTING. ROOM OR AREA SHOULD BE CONSISTENT WITH CONSTRUCTION. 5. THE DEMOLITION /CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE CARE SO THAT ONLY THE CONSTRUCTION INDICATED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DEMOLISHED. THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN SHALL BE LEFT INTACT AND UNDAMAGED. TYPICAL. ANY DAMAGE(S) WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR(S) AT NO COST TO THE PROJECT INCLUDING AREAS OUTSIDE THE EXTENTS OF WORK. HEALTH, SAFETY & WELFARE: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION TO PROTECT AND MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY AND OPERATION OF EXISTING OR TEMPORARY LIFE SAFETY AND EMERGENCY EGRESS AREAS AND SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR WILL VERIFY WITH THE ARCHITECT ANY EXISTING SECURITY ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND RE -USED. THE CONTRACTOR WILL RE- INSTALL AS DIRECTED. 3. THE CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS GENERATED FROM WORK, TAKING CARE TO PREVENT OVERLOADING OF FLOOR ASSEMBLY AND PROTECTION OF ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. 4. DURING DEMOLITION, THE CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO PREVENT STRUCTURAL AND OTHER DAMAGE TO THE BUILDINGS EXISTING WALLS AND FINISHES. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND ITEMS NOT INDICATED TO BE RE -USED SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY BY THE CONTRACTORS AS AGREED UPON AND DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR THEIR AGENT. CARPET RECLAMATION SPEC SECTION 01350: 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK OWNER SPECIFIES THAT ALL EXISTING CARPET AND EXISTING WASTE BE RECYCLED IN THE BEST POSSIBLE MANNER. A RECLAMATION PLAN WILL BE SUBMITTED THAT WILL PROVIDE DIRECTIONS FOR THE RECLAMATION OF ALL CARPET AT THE JOB SITE. "ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY" CARPET RECYCLING METHODS SHOULD BE PERFORMED SUBSEQUENT TO JOB COMPLETION. IN THIS CASE, "ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY METHODS CONSIST OF EITHER: A. RECYCLING IS TURNING WASTE MATERIAL INTO NEW MATERIAL OF THE SAME VALUE, SUCH AS VINYL BACKING INTO VINYL BACKING. B. UPCYCLING INVOLVES TURNING WASTE MATERIALS INTO MORE VALUABLE PRODUCTS. FOR EXAMPLE, USING PET (PLASTIC FROM SODA BOTTLES) TO CREATE TERTATEX PANEL FABRIC. C. DOWNCYCLING CREATES LESS VALUABLE PRODUCTS FROM WASTE MATERIALS. TURNING NYLON FACE FIBRE INTO CAR PARTS OR CARPET PADDING, INCLUDING NYLON FACE FIBER IN RECYCLED BACKINGS, OR USING CARPET FOR WASTE -TO- ENERGY ARE GOOD EXAMPLES OF DOWNCYCLING. D. REPURPOSING ALLOWS A PRODUCT TO BE REUSED BY AN ORGANIZATION OR INDIVIDUAL INTERFACE ASSIST IN FACILITATING THE DONATION OF USED CARPETING TO CHARITIES AND OTHER NON- PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES: COLLECTION (LABOR): CARPET MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE EXISTING INSTALLATION AND PREPARED FOR PICKUP BASED ON THE TYPE OF MATERIAL AND RECLAMATION OPTION SELECTED. SPECIFICATIONS FOR REMOVAL FROM THE JOBSITE ARE AS STATED: A. REMOVAL OF CARPET FOR RECYCLING 1. APPROVED CARPET TILE MUST BE PALLETIZED AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING, I.E. SHRINK WRAP, BANDING, STRAPPING. 2. TILE MUST BE KEPT DRY AND FREE OF ANY MOISTURE DAMAGE. 3. CARPET MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY CARPET DEBRIS. B. REMOVAL OF PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM FOR RECYCLING 1. APPROVED PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM SHOULD BE ROLLED, PALLETIZED AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING. 2. PERFORMANCE BROADLOOM MUST BE KEPT DRY AND FREE FROM MOISTURE DAMAGE. 3. ROLLS MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY NON CARPET DEBRIS. C. REMOVAL OF BROADLOOM CARPET FOR DOWNCYCLING 1. ROLLED CARPET SHOULD NOT EXCEED 6 FEET IN WIDTH BY 1 FOOT DIAMETER AND SECURED FOR SHIPPING, I.E. PALLETIZED, BANDED. 2. THE CARPET MUST BE ACCUMULATED AND KEPT DRY FOR SHIPPING AND PROCESSING. METHOD OF COLLECTION WILL BE DETERMINED FOR EACH JOB LOCATION. 3. ROLLS MUST BE CLEAN OF ANY NON- CARPET DEBRIS D. REPURPOSING OF CARPET MATERIAL 1. APPROVAL OF THE MATERIAL FOR POSSIBLE DONATION WILL BE DETERMINED AT THE JOBSITE. PROCESSING: ALL POSSIBLE RECYCLING OPTIONS MUST BE CLEARLY PRESENTED AND /OR SUBMITTED ON PAPER SUBSEQUENT TO JOB START. THE ACCEPTED RECLAMATION OPTION MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE PARTY REQUESTING THE SERVICES. CERTIFICATION: A CERTIFICATE WILL BE FURNISHED UPON REQUEST VERIFYING THE RECLAMATION OF THE CARPET AND THE POUNDS OF MATERIAL DELIVERED FROM THE LANDFILL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT - DEMOLITION NOTES 1. ALL ITEMS NOTED AS REMOVED OR DEMOLISHED BECOME PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ARE TO BE DISPOSED OF IN A MANNER COMPLYING WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY BRACING AND SHORING OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL CONSTRUCTION DURING DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. 3. PIPES, CONDUIT AND DUCTWORK ENCOUNTERED IN DEMOLISHED PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN WILL BE RE- ROUTED AND CONCEALED. THOSE WHICH ARE TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE CAPPED AND CONCEALED IN THE FLOOR, WALL OR CEILING. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL FLOOR TO CEILING 6MIL POLYETHYLENE BARRIER BETWEEN OCCUPIED AREAS AND RENOVATED AREAS. MAINTAIN EXISTING WALL AS TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE BARRIERS UNTIL PHASING REQUIRED DEMOLITION OF EXISTING PARTITIONS. PROTECT DOORS, MOLDINGS AND WALLS WITH NOT- STAINING PAPER. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PROMPTLY REPAIR ALL DAMAGE CAUSED TO ADJACENT AREAS BY DEMOLITION AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT WITH MATCHING FINISH AND COLOR. 6. ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS NOTED TO BE ABANDONED ARE TO BE REMOVED OR CAPPED SO THAT THEY ARE COMPLETELY CONCEALED BEHIND FINISHED SURFACES. 7. REMOVE DAMAGED CORNER BEADS AND ANY BEADS AT EXISTING CORNERS WHERE NEW WALLS ALIGN WITH EXISTING FINISH. 8. REMOVE PFOMPTLY FROM THE PREMISES ALL PRODUCTS OF DEMOLITION NOT DESIGNATED FOR REUSE. NO DEBRIS SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. TAKE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO CONTROL DUST. DEMOLITION NOTES (CONT.) 9. ALL WORK CAUSING EXCESSIVE NOISE OR REQUIRING SHUTDOWN OF ANY SERVICES, UTILITIES OR RISERS SERVING OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT ONLY BY ARRANGEMENT WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT. 10. ALL AREAS WHERE DEMOUTION CAUSES UNEVENNESS OR VOIDS IN THE FLOOR ARE TO BE PATCHED LEVEL. 11. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACES LEFT DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION WORK TO ACCEPT NEW MATERIALS AS SCHEDULED. 12. ALL EXISTING SURFACES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN AND BE REFINISHED OR OTHERWISE TO BE REUSED ARE TO BE INSPECTED AND REPAIRED AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. THIS INCLUDES ALL BASE BUILDING PERIMETER WALL SURFACES, ALL COLUMN CLOSURES, AND ALL CORE/SHAFT WALLS, ETC. 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE, CAP AND PATCH FIRE HOSE CABINETS. SPECIFICATIONS INDEX SHEET G -101 SECTION 01 1000 SECTION 01 3000 SECTION 01 4000 SECTION 01 5000 SECTION 01 6000 SECTION 01 7000 SHEET G -102 SECTION 02 4100 SECTION 03 3000 SECTION 04 2000 SECTION 05 5000 SECTION 05 5213 SHEET G -103 SECTION 061000 SECTION 06 2000 SECTION 06 4100 SECTION 07 2100 SECTION 07 3113 SECTION 07 5300 SECTION 07 6200 SECTION 07 8400 SHEET G -104 SECTION 07 9005 SECTION 081113 SECTION 081416 SECTION 081433 SECTION 08 3100 SECTION 08 4126 SECTION 08 5113 SECTION 08 5200 SHEET G -105 SECTION 08 7100 SECTION 08 8000 SECTION 09 2116 SECTION 09 2300 SECTION 09 2400 SHEET G -106 SECTION 09 3000 SECTION 09 5100 SECTION 09 6500 SECTION 09 6813 SECTION 09 7200 SECTION 09 9000 SHEET G -107 SECTION 10 2113. SECTION 10 2800 SECTION 10 4400 SECTION 10 7500 SECTION 11 3100 SECTION 12 2113 SECTION 12 4813 SECTION 14 4200 SHEET G -108 SECTION 21 0500 SECTION 21 1300 SECTION 22 0553 SECTION 22 0719 SECTION 221005 SECTION 221006 SECTION 22 3000 SECTION 22 4000 SHEET 0 -109 SECTION 23 0553 SECTION 23 0593 SECTION 23 0713 SECTION 23 0719 SECTION 23 2113 SECTION. 23 2300 SECTION 23 3100 SECTION 233300 SHEET 0 -110 SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS & INLETS SECTION 23 8101 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING & COOLING SHEET G -G111 SECTION 26 0501 SECTION 26 0519 SECTION 26 0526 SECTION 26 0529 SECTION 26 0534 SECTION 26 0535 SECTION 26 0536 SECTION 26 0537 SECTION 26 0553 SECTION 26 2416 SECTION 26 2726 SECTION 26 2818 SECTION 26 5100 SHEET G -112 SECTION 321216 SECTION 321723. SECTION 32 3113 SECTION 33 0516 - SUMMARY - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS - DEMOLITION CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE - UNIT MASONRY - METAL FABRICATIONS - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS -ROUGH CARPENTRY - FINISH CARPENTRY - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK THERMAL/SOUND INSULATION - ASPHALT SHINGLES - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING - SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM - FIRESTOPPING - JOINT SEALERS - HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES - FLUSH WOOD DOORS - STILE & RAIL WOOD DOORS - ACCESS DOORS & PANELS - ALL GLASS ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS - ALUMINUM WINDOWS - WOOD WINDOWS - DOOR HARDWARE - GLAZING - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES - GYPSUM PLASTERING PORTLAND EXTERIOR STUCCO CEMENT PLASTERING - TILING - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS - RESILIENT FLOORING - TILE CARPETING - WALL COVERINGS - PAINTING & COATING 13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENT - TOILET, BATH & LAUNDRY ACCES - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES - FLAGPOLES - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS & FRAMES - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT - TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING FOR HVAC - DUCT INSULATION - HVAC PIPING INSULATION I-IYDRONIC PIPING - REFRIGERANT PIPING - HVAC DUCTS & CASTINGS - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES - ASPHALT PAVING 13 PAINTED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - CHAINLINK FENCES & GATES - UTILITY STRUCTURES ?Go 055. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCH I EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: GENERAL NOTES, DEMOLITION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS INDEX Drawing No.: G -100 D FOR COD PLIANCE JUNE 1 2 2009 ORIE r. of TUT! Ia BUILDING IT - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION - PLUMBING PIPING PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PLUMBING FIXTURES - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION - LOW VOLTAGE ELEC. POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES (600V AND LESS) - GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONDUIT - SURFACE RACEWAY - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS BOXES - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - PANELBOARDS - WIRING DEVICES - ENCLOSED SWITCHES INTERIOR LIGHTING RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTEF R V cIVf MAY 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. PROJECT NAME: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROC:RAM. B. OWNER'S NAME: KEY BANK, N.A. C. ARCHITECT'S NAME: JACOBS ENGINEERING, INC. ( WASHINGTON ONLY), JACOBS ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES (OREGON ONLY) D. THE PROJECT MAY CONSIST OF PARTIAL DEMOLITION AND PROVIDING NEW, OFFICES, TELLERS STATIONS, VIDEO WALL, TELLERS WORK AREA, ETO ROOM, WORKSTATIONS, CONFERENCE ROOM, SALES WORK DOOM, NEW DRIVE -UP ATM, EMPLOYEE LOUNGE AND RESTROOMS, CEILINGS, FLOORING AND WALL FINISHES, ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM, PLUMBING AND HVAC ALTERATIONS. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. SCOPE OF DEMOLITION, ALTERATION WORK AND SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, B. SCOPE OF DEMOLITION MAY CONSIST OF PLUMBING, HVAC, ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING, FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS, FIRE ALARM, TELEPHONE, SECURITY AND DATA. ALTER EXISTING SYSTEM AND A DD NEW CONSTRUCTION, KEEPING EXISTING IN OPERATION. 1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. OWNER INTENDS TO CONTINUE TO OCCUPY ADJACENT PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND /OR UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. COOPERATE WITH OWNER TO MINIMIZE CONFLICT ANC) TO FACILITATE OWNER'S OPERATIONS. C. SCHEDULE THE WORK TO ACCOMMODATE OWNER'S OCCUPANCY. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED AFTER NORMAL BANKING HOURS OF OPERATIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PRECONSTRUCTION, SITE MOBILIZATION, PROGRESS, 1 :;ONSTRUCTION PROGRESS, COORDINATION MEETINGS, SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION A. PROJECT COORDINATOR: OWNER. B. COOPERATE IN THE ALLOCATION OF MOBILIZATION AREAS OF SITE; FOR FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS, FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKMEN ACCESS, TRAFFIC, AND PARKING FACILITIES. C. DURING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE USE OF SITE AND FACILITIES THROUGH THE OWNER PROPERTY MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. D. COMPLY WITH OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR'S PROCEDURES FOR INTRA- PROJECT COMMUNICATIONS; SUBMITTALS, REPORTS AND RECORDS, SCHEDULES, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS; AND RESOLUTION OF AMBIGUITIES AND CONFLICTS. E. COMPLY WITH INSTRUCTIONS OF THE OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR FOR USE OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES. F. COORDINATE FIELD ENGINEERING AND LAYOUT WORK UNDER INSTRUCTIONS OF THE OWNER PROJECT COORDINATOR. G. MAKE THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S PROJI ECT MANAGER: 1. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION AND SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS, DESIC3N DATA, MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. OWNER WILL SCHEDULE A MEETING AFTER NOTICE OF AWARD. THIS MEETING WILL BE SCHEDULED ONCE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED AND AWARDED THE PROJECT. B. ATTENDANCE REQUIRED- OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, THE PROPERTY MANAGER FROM THE OWNER AND THE PROJECT MANAGER FROM THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL BE PRESENT AT THIS MEETING. C. RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS AFTER MEETING TO PARTICIPANTS, WITH TWO COPIES TO ARCHITECT, OWNER, PARTICIPANTS, AND THOSE AFFECTED BY DECISIONS MADE. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL RECORD MINUTES OF THE MEETING AND DISTRIBUTE ACCORDINGLY. D. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL FOR SPI :CIFICS. 3.02 SITE MOBILIZATION AND PROGRESS MEETINGS A. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S PROJECT MANAGER WILL SCHEDULE MEETINGS AT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR OCCUPANCY. CONSULTANTS, ATTENDANCE REQUIRED- OWNER, CONTRACTOR, SPECIAL N SULTANTS , CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT, MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS. C. RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES WITHIN TWO DAYS AFTER MEETING TO PARTICIPANTS, WITH TWO COPIES TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, PARTICIPANTS AND THOSE AFFECTED BY DECISIONS MADE. D. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. AT TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION, SUBMIT THE SCI IEDULE FOR WORK, WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT MAJOR CONTRACTORS HAVE ACCEPTED THE PROPOSED SCHEDULE. SUBMIT UPDATED SCHEDULE WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 3.04 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. SUBMIT PHOTOGRAPHS WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, TAKEN NOT MORE THAN 3 DAYS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IF REQUIRED BY OWNER. 5, VIEWS: TAKE PHOTOS FROM SUFFICIENT VANTAGE POINTS TO SUBSTANTIATE WORK COMPLETED PER APPLICATION FOR PAYMENTS. SUBMIT PHOTOS TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. REFER TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL PHOTOS. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. REFER TO SECTION 01 7000 AND SECTION 01 6000. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. SUBMIT DESIGN DATA, CERTIFICATES, TEST AND INSPiCTION REPORTS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND FIELD REPORTS AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION::; AND MAINTENANCE DATA, WARRANTIES AND BONDS. B. SUBMIT FOR OWNER'S BENEFIT DURING AND AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. C. SUBMIT FIELD MAINTAINED REDLINED SET OF DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. ARCHITECT WILL RECORD CONTRACTOR'S REDLINED DRAWINGS INTO RECORD AS -BUILT SET OF DOCUMENTS. 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. TRANSMIT EACH SUBMITTAL WITH APPROVED FORM. B. SEQUENTIALLY NUMBER THE TRANSMITTAL FORM. REVISE SUBMITTALS WITH ORIGINAL NUMBER AND A SEQUENTIAL ALPHABETIC I.■UFFIX. C. IDENTIFY PROJECT, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER; PERTINENT DRAWING AND DETAIL NUMBER, AND SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER, AS APPROPRIATE ON EACH COPY. D. APPLY CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, SIGNED OR INITIALED CERTIFYING THAT REVIEW, APPROVAL, VERIFICATION OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED, FIELD DIMENSIONS, ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WORK, AND COORDINATION OF INFORMATION IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. tECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 ERMIT CENTER Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS CITY N ,A MAY 2 m PERMIT CENTER G -101 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY (CONT.) E. SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS TO EXPEDITE THE PROJECT, AND COORDINATE SUBMISSION OF RELATED ITEMS. F. FOR EACH SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW, ALLOW 5 DAYS EXCLUDING DELIVERY TIME TO AND FROM THE CONTRACTOR. G. IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCT OR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WHICH MAY BE DETRIMENTAL TO SUCCESSFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPLETED WORK. H. PROVIDE SPACE FOR CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT REVIEW STAMPS. I. WHEN REVISED FOR RESUBMISSION, IDENTIFY ALL CHANGES MADE SINCE PREVIOUS SUBMISSION. J. DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF REVIEWED SUBMITTALS AS APPROPRIATE. INSTRUCT PARTIES TO PROMPTLY REPORT ANY INABILITY TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. K. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUESTED WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED OR PROCESSED. REFER TO SECTION 01 6000, 1.02. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. REFERENCES AND STANDARDS, QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS, MOCK -UPS, CONTROL OF INSTALLATION, TOLERANCES, TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES AND MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES. 1.02 REFERENCES 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: 1. REQUIRED TESTING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. DESIGN DATA: SUBMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S KNOWLEDGE AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR FOR OWNER'S INFORMATION. C. TEST REPORTS: AFTER EACH TEST /INSPECTION, PROMPTLY SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF REPORT TO ARCHITECT AND TO CONTRACTOR. 1. TEST REPORT SUBMITTALS ARE FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S KNOWLEDGE AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR FOR OWNER'S INFORMATION. D. CERTIFICATES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, SUBMIT CERTIFICATION BY THE MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR OR INSTALLATION /APPLICATION SUBCONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ARCHITECT AND OWNER, IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED FOR PRODUCT DATA. 1. INDICATE MATERIAL OR PRODUCT CONFORMS TO OR EXCEEDS SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. SUBMIT SUPPORTING REEERENCE DATA, AFFIDAVITS, AND CERTIFICATIONS AS APPROPRIATE. E. MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS: WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, SUBMIT PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS FOR DELIVERY, STORAGE, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, START -UP, ADJUSTING, AND FINISHING, FOR THE OWNER'S INFORMATION. INDICATE SPECIAL PROCEDURES, PERIMETER CONDITIONS REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION, AND SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION OR INSTALLATION. F. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S BENEFIT AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR OR FOR OWNER. 1. SUBMIT FOR INFORMATION FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. G. ERECTION DRAWINGS: SUBMIT DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S BENEFIT AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR OR FOR OWNER. 1. SUBMIT FOR INFORMATION FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF ASSESSING CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. DATA INDICATING INAPPROPRIATE OR UNACCEPTABLE WORK MAY BE SUBJECT TO ACTION BY ARCHITECT OR OWNER. 1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. FOR PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE TO A DOCUMENT OR DOCUMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL, ALSO REFERRED TO AS REFERENCE STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD, EXCEPT WHEN MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR ARE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. B. CONFORM TO REFERENCE STANDARD OF DATE OF ISSUE CURRENT ON DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT WHERE A SPECIFIC DATE IS ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE CODE. C. OBTAIN COPIES OF STANDARDS WHERE REQUIRED BY PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. MAINTAIN COPY AT PROJECT SITE DURING SUBMITTALS, PLANNING, AND PROGRESS OF THE SPECIFIC WORK, UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. E. SHOULD SPECIFIED REFERENCE STANDARDS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT, BEFORE PROCEEDING. F. NEITHER THE CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS, DUTIES, OR RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES IN CONTRACT NOR THOSE OF OWNER SHALL BE ALTERED FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY MENTION OR INFERENCE OTHERWISE IN ANY REFERENCE DOCUMENT. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL EMPLOY SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM CERTAIN SPECIFIED TESTING. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY AND PAY FOR SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM OTHER SPECIFIED TESTING. C. EMPLOYMENT OF AGENCY IN NO WAY RELIEVES CONTRACTOR OF OBLIGATION TO PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. CONTRACTOR EMPLOYED AGENCY: 1. TESTING AGENCY: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E 329, ASTM E 543, ASTM C 1021, ASTM C 1077, AND ASTM C 1093. 2. INSPECTION AGENCY: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D3740 AND ASTM E329. 3. LABORATORY: AUTHORIZED TO OPERATE IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 4. LABORATORY STAFF: MAINTAIN A FULL TIME REGISTERED ENGINEER ON STAFF TO REVIEW SERVICES. 5. TESTING EQUIPMENT: CALIBRATED AT REASONABLE INTERVALS EITHER BY NIST OR US'NG AN NIST ESTABLISHED MEASUREMENT ASSURANCE PROGRAM, UNDER A LABORATORY MEASUREMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM. PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. MONITOR QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING EACH STEP IN SEQUENCE. C. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM OWNER BEFORE PROCEEDING, D. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AS MINIMUM QUALITY FOR THE WORK EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT TOLERANCES, CODES, OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE HIGHER STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. E. HAVE WORK PERFORMED BY PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE REQUIRED AND SPECIFIED QUALITY. F. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS OR AS INSTRUCTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) G. SECURE PRODUCTS IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, PHYSICAL DISTORTION, AND DISFIGUREMENT. 2.02 MOCK -UPS A. TESTS WILL BE PERFORMED UNDER PROVISIONS IDENTIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND IDENTIFIED IN THE RESPECTIVE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. B. ASSEMBLE AND ERECT SPECIFIED ITEMS WITH SPECIFIED ATTACHMENT AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES, FLASHINGS, SEALS, AND FINISHES. C. ACCEPTED MOCK -UPS SHALL BE A COMPARISON STANDARD FOR THE REMAINING WORK. D. WHERE MOCK -UP HAS BEEN ACCEPTED BY OWNER AND IS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE MOCK -UP AND CLEAR AREA WHEN DIRECTED TO DO SO. 2.03 TOLERANCES A. MONITOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCE CONTROL OF PRODUCTS TO PRODUCE ACCEPTABLE WORK. DO NOT PERMIT TOLERANCES TO ACCUMULATE. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. C. ADJUST PRODUCTS TO APPROPRIATE DIMENSIONS; POSITION BEFORE SECURING PRODUCTS IN PLACE. 2.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. TESTING AGENCY DUTIES: 1. PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL AT SITE. COOPERATE WITH OWNER AND CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 2. PERFORM SPECIFIED SAMPLING AND TESTING OF PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS. 3. ASCERTAIN COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS AND MIXES WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, AND CONTRACTOR OF OBSERVED IRREGULARITIES OR NON- CONFORMANCE OF WORK OR PRODUCTS. 5. PERFORM ADDITIONAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6. SUBMIT REPORTS OF ALL TESTS /INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED WITH NOTIFICATION BEING MADE TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. DELIVER TO AGENCY AT DESIGNATED LOCATION, ADEQUATE SAMPLES OF MATERIALS PROPOSED TO BE USED WHICH REQUIRE TESTING, ALONG WITH PROPOSED MIX DESIGNS. 2. COOPERATE WITH LABORATORY PERSONNEL, AND PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE WORK AND TO MANUFACTURERS' FACILITIES. 3. PROVIDE INCIDENTAL LABOR AND FACILITIES: A. TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO WORK TO BE TESTED /INSPECTED. B. TO OBTAIN AND HANDLE SAMPLES AT THE SITE OR AT SOURCE OF PRODUCTS TO BE TESTED /INSPECTED. C. TO FACILITATE TESTS /INSPECTIONS. D. TO PROVIDE STORAGE AND CURING OF TEST SAMPLES. 4. NOTIFY OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LABORATORY 24 HOURS PRIOR TO EXPECTED TIME FOR OPERATIONS REQUIRING TESTING /INSPECTION SERVICES. 5. EMPLOY SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT QUALIFIED TESTING LABORATORY AND PAY FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLES, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR BEYOND SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 6. ARRANGE WITH OWNER'S AGENCY AND PAY FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLES, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR BEYOND SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. C. RE- TESTING REQUIRED BECAUSE OF NON- CONFORMANCE TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE SAME AGENCY ON INSTRUCTIONS BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT. D. RE- TESTING REQUIRED BECAUSE OF NON- CONFORMANCE TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE PAID FOR BY CONTRACTOR. 2.05 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. WHEN SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, REQUIRE MATERIAL OR PRODUCT SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS TO PROVIDE QUALIFIED STAFF PERSONNEL TO OBSERVE SITE CONDITIONS, CONDITIONS OF SURFACES AND INSTALLATION, QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP, START -UP OF EQUIPMENT, TEST, ADJUST AND BALANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND AS APPLICABLE, AND TO INITIATE INSTRUCTIONS WHEN NECESSARY. B. SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS OF OBSERVER TO OWNER 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS. C. REPORT OBSERVATIONS AND SITE DECISIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN TO APPLICATORS OR INSTALLERS THAT ARE SUPPLEMENTAL OR CONTRARY TO MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2.06 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. REPLACE WORK OR PORTIONS OF THE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. B. IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO REMOVE AND REPLACE THE WORK, OWNER OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL DIRECT AN APPROPRIATE REMEDY. CONFIRM WITH OWNER SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TEMPORARY UTILITIES, TELEPHONE, SANITARY AND WASTE REMOVAL SERVICES, BARRIERS, ENCLOSURES, FENCING, SECURITY REQUIREMENTS, VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING, PROJECT ID SIGNS AND FIELD OFFICES. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. PROVIDE AND PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICAL POWER, LIGHTING, WATER, HEATING AND COOLING, AND VENTILATION REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. USE TRIGGER OPERATED NOZZLES FOR WATER HOSES. 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. PROVIDE, MAINTAIN, AND PAY FOR TELEPHONE AND FACSIMILE SERVICE TO FIELD OFFICE AT TIME OF PROJECT MOBILIZATION. 1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED FACILITIES AND ENCLOSURES. PROVIDE AT TIME OF PROJECT MOBILIZATION. USE OF EXISTING RESTROOM FACILITIES IS NOT PERMITTED. MAINTAIN DAILY IN CLEAN AND SANITARY CONDITION. 1.05 BARRIERS A. PROVIDE BARRIERS TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO CONSTRUCTION AREAS, TO ALLOW FOR OWNER'S USE OF SITE AND TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND DEMOLITION. B. PROVIDE BARRICADES AND COVERED WALKWAYS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES FOR PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND FOR PUBLIC ACCESS TO EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT NON -OWNED VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, STORED MATERIALS, SITE, PLANTINGS AND STRUCTURES FROM DAMAGE. 1.06 FENCING A. CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE TEMPORARY FENCING OR PHYSICAL BARRIER AROUND ALL EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS TO PROJECT FROM UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY OR USE, REMOVE UPON PROJECT COMPLETION. 1.07 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY INSULATED WEATHER TIGHT CLOSURE OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS TO ACCOMMODATE ACCEPTABLE WORKING CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION FOR PRODUCTS, TO ALLOW FOR TEMPORARY HEATING AND MAINTENANCE OF REQUIRED AMBIENT TEMPERATURES IDENTIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AND TO PREVENT ENTRY OF UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS.' PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS WITH SELF - CLOSING HARDWARE AND LOCKS. r SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS (CONT.) 1.08 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS AS INDICATED TO SEPARATE WORK AREAS FROM OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS, TO PREVENT PENETRATION OF DUST AND MOISTURE INTO OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS, AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. B. CONSTRUCTION: FRAMING AND REINFORCED POLYETHYLENE SHEET MATERIALS WITH CLOSED JOINTS AND SEALED EDGES AT INTERSECTIONS WITH EXISTING SURFACES: 1. STC RATING OF 35 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. 2. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 75 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. C. PAINT SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW FROM OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS. 1.09 SECURITY A. PROVIDE SECURITY AND FACILITIES TO PROTECT WORK, EXISTING FACILITIES, AND OWNER 'S OPERATIONS FROM UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY, VANDALISM, OR THEFT AND COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY PROGRAM. 1.10 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. COORDINATE ACCESS AND HAUL ROUTES WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND OWNER. MAINTAIN TOTAL ACCESS TO FIRE HYDRANTS. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARKING AREAS TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. WHEN SITE SPACE IS NOT ADEQUATE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFF -SITE PARKING. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, 1.11 WASTE REMOVAL A. PROVIDE WASTE REMOVAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE SITE IN CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. B. PROVIDE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. REMOVE TRASH FROM THE INSIDE OF THE FACILITIES NIGHTLY. C. IF MATERIALS TO BE RECYCLED OR RE -USED ON THE PROJECT MUST BE STORED ON -SITE, PROVIDE SUITABLE NON- COMBUSTIBLE CONTAINERS; LOCATE CONTAINERS HOLDING FLAMMABLE MATERIAL OUTSIDE THE STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. OPEN FREE -FALL CHUTES ARE NOT PERMITTED. TERMINATE CLOSED CHUTES INTO APPROPRIATE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. 1.12 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. PROVIDE PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY OWNER. B. ERECT ON SITE AT LOCATION DIRECTED BY OWNER. NO OTHER SIGNS ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT OWNER PERMISSION EXCEPT THOSE REQUIRED BY LAW. 1.13 FIELD OFFICES A. OFFICE: WEATHER TIGHT, WITH LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, HEATING, COOLING EQUIPMENT, AND EQUIPPED WITH STURDY FURNITURE, DRAWING RACK AND DRAWING DISPLAY TABLE. PROVIDE SPACE FOR MEETINGS WITH 6 PERSONS, SEPARATE PRIVATE OFFICE EQUIPPED AND FURNISHED FOR USE BY OWNER AND P G 5S ARCHITECT. B. LOCATE OFFICES A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 30 FEET FROM EXISTING AND NEW STRUCTURES. 1.14 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. REMOVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES, MATERIALS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION. B. REMOVE UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS TO A MINIMUM EP�H OF 2 FEET C. RESTORE EXISTING FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRU IOil CONDITION. CODE COMPLIANC PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED w JUN 12 2099 R UIR SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - LEE PR RELATED ION DLI C SO ` P IC) TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE, REQUIREMENTS, SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS AND PROCEDURES, OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS, SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. EXCEPT FOR HVAC, ELECTRICAL OR PLUMBING ITEMS, NO SUBMITTALS ARE NECESSARY FOR PRODUCTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CERTIFICATION LETTER, PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION, THAT ALL PRODUCTS TO BE UTILIZED IN THE REMODEL PROGRAM WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE MADE. FOR ANY OF THE TRADES LISTED ABOVE, NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED AND SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE FOR RECORD PURPOSED ONLY. NO FINAL PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE UNTIL SUCH REPORT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE NEW PRODUCTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OR PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. DO NOT USE PRODUCTS USING OR CONTAINING CFC'S OR HCFC'S. C. WHERE ALL OTHER CRITERIA ARE MET, CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE PREFERENCE TO PRODUCTS THAT HAVE LONGER LIFE SPAN AND RESULT IN LESS CONSTRUCTION WASTE. D. REGIONALLY- SOURCED PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTS WITH RECYCLED CONTENT: 1. SPECIFIC PRODUCT CATEGORIES: PROVIDE REGIONALLY - SOURCED AND RECYCLED CONTENT PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. E. SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD: 1. DEFINITION: WOOD -BASED MATERIALS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING, DIMENSION LUMBER, FLOORING, WOOD DOORS, FINISHES, AND FURNISHINGS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT. WOOD AND WOOD -BASED PRODUCTS NOT PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEFINITION. 2. SPECIFIC WOOD -BASED FABRICATIONS: FABRICATE OF SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD WHEN SO SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 3. CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE WOOD CERTIFIED OR LABELED BY AN ORGANIZATION ACCREDITED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. THE FOREST STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL, THE PRINCIPLES FOR NATURAL FOREST MANAGEMENT; FOR CANADA VISIT HTTP: //WWW.FSCCANADA.ORG, FOR THE USA VISIT HTTP: / /WWW.FSCUS.ORG. F. UREA - FORMALDEHYDE PROHIBITION: 1. OVERALL PROJECT REQUIREMENT: PROVIDE COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER PRODUCTS HAVING NO ADDED UREA - FORMALDEHYDE RESINS. A. REQUIRE EACH INSTALLER TO CERTIFY COMPLIANCE AND SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHOWING PRODUCT CONTENT. G. ADHESIVES AND JOINT SEALANTS: 1. DEFINITION: THIS PROVISION APPLIES TO GUNNABLE, TROWELABLE, AND LIQUID- APPLIED ADHESIVES, SEALANTS, AND SEALANT PRIMERS USED ANYWHERE ON THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING INSIDE THE WEATHER BARRIER, INCLUDING DUCT SEALERS. H. AEROSOL ADHESIVES: 1. PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY GREENSEAL GS -36. 2.02 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE, AND EXTRA PRODUCTS OF TYPES AND IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. DELIVER TO THE OWNER'S PROPERTY MANAGER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE ALLOWED. 3.02 OWNER- SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, TO CONTRACTOR, PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY, INSPECT PRODUCTS WITH CONTRACTOR, SUBMIT CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES OR DEFICIENT ITEMS, AND ARRANGE FOR WARRANTIES AND INSPECTIONS. B. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. REVIEW OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS, INSPECT PRODUCTS WITH OWNER, HANDLE, STORE AND INSTALL PRODUCTS, REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED AFTER RECEIPT. ' 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. DESIGNATE RECEIVING /STORAGE AREAS FOR INCOMING PRODUCTS SO THAT THEY ARE DELIVERED ACCORDING TO INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND PLACED CONVENIENT TO WORK AREA IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO EXCESSIVE MATERIALS HANDLING AND MISAPPLICATION. SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. EXAMINATION, PREPARATION, AND GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATION WORK, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, MEETINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING, SURVEYING FOR LAYING OUT THE WORK, CLEANING AND PROTECTION, STARTING OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT, DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL AND CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. B. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES, EXCEPT PAYMENT PROCEDURES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. DEMOLITION PLAN: SUBMIT DEMOLITION PLAN AS SPECIFIED BY OSHA AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 1. INDICATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION, REMOVAL SEQUENCE, BRACING AND SHORING, AND LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADES AND FENCES. 2. IDENTIFY DEMOLITION FIRM AND SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS. 3. INCLUDE A SUMMARY OF SAFETY PROCEDURES. C. CUTTING AND PATCHING: SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION WHICH AFFECTS: 1. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT OF PROJECT. 2. INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT. 3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT. 4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 5. WORK OF OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. D. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: ACCURATELY RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CAPPED AND ACTIVE UTILITIES. MAINTAIN REDLINE RECORD SET OF AS -BUILT THROUGHOUT PROJECT. RECORD ALL CHANGES TO DOCUMENTS. AT END OF PROJECT, TRANSFER REDLINE RECORD SET OF DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT. TRANSFER 0 & M DOCUMENT TO OWNER. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. FOR DEMOLITION WORK, EMPLOY A FIRM SPECIALIZING IN THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. 1. MINIMUM OF 10 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. FOR SURVEY WORK, EMPLOY A LAND SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED AND ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT. SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF SURVEYOR'S ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE COVERAGE IN THE FORM OF AN INSURANCE CERTIFICATE. C. FOR FIELD ENGINEERING, EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC SERVICE ON PROJECT, LICENSED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. GRADE SITE TO DRAIN. MAINTAIN EXCAVATIONS FREE OF WATER. PROVIDE, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN PUMPING EQUIPMENT. B. PROTECT SITE FROM PUDDLING OR RUNNING WATER. PROVIDE WATER BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT SITE FROM SOIL EROSION. C. VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS TO ASSIST CURE OF MATERIALS, TO DISSIPATE HUMIDITY, AND TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF DUST, FUMES, VAPORS, OR GASES. D. DUST CONTROL: EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO ATMOSPHERE. E. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL: PLAN AND EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO CONTROL SURFACE DRAINAGE FROM CUTS AND FILLS, FROM BORROW AND WASTE DISPOSAL AREAS. PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION. F. NOISE CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO MINIMIZE NOISE PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. G. PEST CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT PESTS AND INSECTS FROM DAMAGING THE WORK. H. RODENT CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT RODENTS FROM ACCESSING OR INVADING PREMISES. I. POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF SOIL, WATER, AND ATMOSPHERE FROM DISCHARGE OF NOXIOUS, TOXIC SUBSTANCES, AND POLLUTANTS PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1.05 COORDINATION A. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES, COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS AND VERIFY THAT UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH BUILDING UTILITIES. B. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK WHICH ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT, AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICABLE; PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WITH LINES OF BUILDING. UTILIZE SPACES EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. C. IN FINISHED AREAS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISH ELEMENTS. D. COORDINATE COMPLETION AND CLEAN -UP OF WORK OF SEPARATE SECTIONS. E. DURING OWNER OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES, COORDINATE ACCESS TO SITE FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK AND WORK NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF OWNER'S ACTIVITIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. NEW MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SECTIONS; MATCH EXISTING PRODUCTS AND WORK FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK, B. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION: FOR ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN MATERIALS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION DESCRIBED IN SECTION 016000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. START OF WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SUBSTRATE IS CAPABLE OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF NEW WORK BEING APPLIED OR ATTACHED. C. EXAMINE AND VERIFY SPECIFIC CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, D. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE CONFIRMING PRODUCT ORDERS OR BEGINNING FABRICATION, TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO OVER - ORDERING OR MISFABRICATION. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. P SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) E. VERIFY THAT UTILITY SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE, OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS, AND IN THE CORRECT LOCATION; ;, 3.02 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF SURVEY CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. B. PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES DISCOVERED. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT SURVEY CONTROL AND REFERENCE POINTS. D. PROTECT SURVEY CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK; PRESERVE PERMANENT REFERENCE POINTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. E. ESTABLISH ELEVATIONS, LINES AND LEVELS. LOCATE AND LAY OUT BY INSTRUMENTATION AND SIMILAR APPROPRIATE MEANS: 1. SITE IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING PAVEMENTS; STAKES FOR GRADING, FILL AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT; UTILITY LOCATIONS, SLOPES, AND INVERT ELEVATIONS. 2. GRID OR AXIS FOR STRUCTURES, BUILDING FOUNDATION, COLUMN LOCATIONS AND GROUND FLOOR ELEVATIONS. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, AND SO AS TO AVOID WASTE DUE TO NECESSITY FOR REPLACEMEN t. B. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND FITTINGS PLUMB AND LEVEL. NEATLY ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. 3.04 ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO OWNERS COORDINATOR BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. BEGINNING OF ALTERATIONS WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. SEPARATE AREAS IN WHICH ALTERATIONS ARE BEING CONDUCTED FROM OTHER AREAS THAT ARE STILL OCCUPIED. 1. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01 5000 IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE SOUND RETARDANT PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE EXCEPT FOR INTERRUPTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT OR MODIFICATIONS; TAKE CARE TO PREVENT WATER AND HUMIDITY DAMAGE. 1. WHERE OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE EXIS1, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION TO MAKE EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE WEATHERPROOF. 2. INSULATE EXISTING DUCTS OR PIPES THAT ARE EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BY ALTERATIONS WORK, D. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK. 1. REMOVE ROTTED WOOD, CORRODED METALS, AND DETERIORATED MASONRY AND CONCRETE; REPLACE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED. 2. REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. RELOCATE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO BE APPLIED TO EXISTING WORK, PERFORM REMOVALS, PATCH, AND PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH; REMOVE EXISTING FINISH IF NECESSARY FOR SUCCESSFUL APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH. 5. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE NOT SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, PATCH HOLES AND DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. E. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS): REMOVE. RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1. MAINTAIN EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION; MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL COMPONENTS; IF NECESSARY, MODIFY INSTALLATION TO ALLOW ACCESS OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL. 2. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT ARE NOT ACTIVE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE REACTIVATION, PUT BACK INTO OPERATIONAL CONDITION; REPAIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 3. WHERE EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS SERVE OCCUPIED FACILITIES BUT ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW SERVICES, MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE. A. DISABLE EXISTING SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE'. SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS; MINIMIZE DURATION OF OU TAGES. B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. 5. REMOVE ABANDONED PIPE, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND EQUIPMENT, INC4. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED SERVICES SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. LUDING THOSE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS; REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY WHERE POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE CAP STUB AND TAD WITH IDENTIFICATION; PATCH HOLES LEFT BY REMOVAL USING MATERIAI.S SPECIFIED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. F. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN, 1. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE; PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK. 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES I:IAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK. 4. PATCH AS SPECIFIED FOR PATCHING NEW WORK. G. ADAPT EXISTING WORK TO FIT NEW WORK: 1. WHERE REMOVAL OF PARTITIONS OR WALLS RESUI..TS IN ADJACENT SPACES BECOMING ONE, REWORK FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEILINGS TO A SMOOTH PLANE WITHOUT BREAKS, STEPS, OR BULKHEADS, 2. WHERE A CHANGE OF PLANE OF 1/4 INCH OR MORE: OCCURS IN EXISTING WORK, SUBMIT RECOMMENDATION FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH TRANSITION FOR OWNER REVIEW AND REQUEST INSTRUCTIONS. 3. TRIM EXISTING WOOD DOORS AS NECESSARY TO CLEAR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFINISH TRIM AS REQUIRED. H. CLEAN EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. I. REMOVE DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ABANDONED ITEMS FROM ALTERATIONS AREAS AND DISPOSE OF OFF -SITE; DO NOT BURN OR BURY. J. DO NOT BEGIN NEW CONSTRUCTION IN ALTERATIONS AREAS BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. EXECUTE CUTTING AND PATCHING INCLUDING EXCAVATION AND FILL TO COMPLETE THE WORK, TO UNCOVER WORK IN ORDER TO INSTALL IMPROPERLY SEQUENCED WORK, TO REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR NON - CONFORMING WORK, TO REMOVE SAMPLES OF INSTALLED WORK FOR TESTING WHEN REQUESTED, TO PROVIDE OPENINGS IN THE WORK FOR PENETRATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK, TO EXECUTE PATCHING TO COMPLEMENT ADJACENT WORK, AND TO FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER TO INTEGRATE WITH OTHER WORK. B. CUT RIGID MATERIALS USING MASONRY SAW OR CORE DRILL. PNEUMATIC TOOLS NOT ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. C. RESTORE WORK WITH NEW PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. FIT WORK AIR TIGHT TO PIPES, SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH SURFACES. SECTION 04 2000 UNIT MASONRY (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LINTELS A. INSTALL LOOSE STEEL LINTELS OVER OPENINGS. B. INSTALL REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY LINTELS OVER OPENINGS WHERE STEEL OR PRECAST CONCRETE LINTELS ARE NOT SCHEDULED. 1. OPENINGS TO 42 INCHES: PLACE TWO, NO. 3 REINFORCING BARS 1 INCH FROM BOTTOM WEB. 2. OPENINGS FROM 42 INCHES TO 78 INCHES: PLACE TWO, NO. 5 REINFORCING BARS 1 INCH FROM BOTTOM WEB. 3. OPENINGS OVER 78 INCHES: REINFORCE OPENINGS AS DETAILED. 4. DO NOT SPLICE REINFORCING BARS. C. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 8 INCH BEARING ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND MORTAR DROPPINGS AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE MORTAR. B. CLEAN SOILED SURFACES WITH CLEANING SOLUTION AND NON- METALLIC TOOLS. SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SHOP FABRICATED STEEL AND ALUMINUM ITEMS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. STEEL SECTIONS: ASTM A 36 /A 36M. B. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 500, GRADE B COLD- FORMED STRUCTURAL TUBING. C. PLATES: ASTM A 283. D. PIPE: ASTM A 531A 53M, GRADE B SCHEDULE 40, BLACK FINISH. E. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), TYPE 1, GALVANIZED TO ASTM A 153/A 153M WHERE CONNECTING GALVANIZED COMPONENTS. F. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.1 /D1.1M; TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. G. SHOP AND TOUCH -UP PRIMER: SSPC -PAINT 15, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. H. TOUCH -UP PRIMER FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES: SSPC -PAINT 20, TYPE I - INORGANIC, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2.02 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. B. SHEET ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5052 ALLOY, H32 OR H22 TEMPER. C. ALUMINUM -ALLOY DRAWN SEAMLESS TUBES: ASTM B 210 (ASTM B 210M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. D. ALUMINUM -ALLOY BARS: ASTM B 211 (ASTM B 211M), 6061 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. E. ALUMINUM -ALLOY SAND CASTINGS: ASTM B 26. F. ALUMINUM -ALLOY DIE CASTINGS: ASTM B 85. G. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: STAINLESS STEEL. H. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS D1.2 /D1.2M; TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. 2.03 FABRICATION A. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS, FOR DELIVERY TO SITE. B. FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS TIGHTLY FITTED AND SECURED. C. GRIND EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT, FLUSH, AND HAIRLINE. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO , SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS. D. SUPPLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE OF FABRICATIONS. FABRICATE ANCHORS AND RELATED COMPONENTS OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS FABRICATION, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 2.04 FABRICATED ITEMS A. BOLLARDS: STEEL PIPE, CONCRETE FILLED, CROWNED CAP, AS DETAILED; PRIME PAINT FINISH. B. LINTELS: AS DETAILED; PRIME PAINT FINISH. C. DOOR FRAMES FOR OVERHEAD DOOR OPENINGS AND WALL OPENINGS: CHANNEL SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. D. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY DIVIDER BEAMS: BEAM SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. E. TOILET PARTITION SUSPENSION MEMBERS: STEEL CHANNEL SECTIONS; PRIME PAINT FINISH. 2.05 FINISHES STEEL A. PRIME PAINT ALL STEEL ITEMS. 1. EXCEPTIONS: GALVANIZE ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY AND ITEMS EXPOSED TO WEATHER. 2. EXCEPTIONS: DO NOT PRIME SURFACES IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, WHERE FIELD WELDING IS REQUIRED, AND ITEMS TO BE COVERED WITH SPRAYED FIREPROOFING. B. PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PRIMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC -SP2. C. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO FINISHING. D. PRIME PAINTING: ONE COAT. E. GALVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 123M REQUIREMENTS, F. GALVANIZING OF NON- STRUCTURAL ITEMS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 123M REQUIREMENTS. 2.06 FINISHES - ALUMINUM A. EXTERIOR ALUMINUM SURFACES: CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED. B. INTERIOR ALUMINUM SURFACES: CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED. C. CLASS I NATURAL ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. D. CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A42 INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK; LIGHT BRONZE. 2.07 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. SQUARENESS: 1/8 INCH MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE IN DIAGONAL ME. SU'EMENTS. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET BETWEEN FACES: 1/16 INCH. C. MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF ADJACENT MEMBERS: 1/16 INCH. D. MAXIMUM BOW: 1/8 INCH IN 48 INCHES. E. MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM PLANE: 1/16 INCH IN 48 INCHES. SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PE009-- 055 DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. REVIEWED FC CODE COMPLIAF APPROVEE JUN 12 2009 A. WALL MOUNTED HANDRAILS, STAIR RAILINGS AND GUARDRAILS FREE larUPTUkVii RAILINGS AT STEPS AND BALCONY RAILINGS. PART2 PRODUCTS �� ,DI Ng DI /IS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - -� A. HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS: 1. KEE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS, INC: WWW.KEEKLAMP.COM. 2. POMA CORP: WWW.POMACORP.COM. 3. STERLING DULA ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS: WWW.STERLINGDULA.COM. 4. JULIUS BLUM & CO.INC.: WWW.JULIUSB:UM.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. NON -WELD PIPE FITTINGS (CONCEALED): 2.02 RAILINGS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN, FABRICATE, AND TEST RAILING ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM E 985 AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE. B. DESIGN RAILING ASSEMBLY, WALL RAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO RESIST LATERAL FORCE OF 75 LBS AT ANY POINT WITHOUT DAMAGE OR PERMANENT SET. TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 935. C. DIMENSIONS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS AND HEIGHTS. 1. TOP RAILS, INTERMEDIATE, POST AND WALL RAILS: 1 -1/2 INCHES DIAMETER ROUND, BALUSTERS: 1/2 INCH SOLID BAR. V D CIT MAY-2:g 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBan k 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1 BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECENT r ` JUN 052U09 PERMIT CEN1 G -102 SECTION 017000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS (CONT.) E. AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILING, OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETELY SEAL VOIDS WITH FIRE RATED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 07 8400, TO FULL THICKNESS OF THE PENETRATED ELEMENT. F. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK. FOR AN ASSEMBLY, REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. G. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS. PATCH WORK TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. WHERE NEW WORK ABUTS OR ALIGNS WITH EXISTING, PERFORM A SMOOTH AND EVEN TRANSITION. 3.06 SYSTEMS STARTUP A. COORDINATE SCHEDULE FOR START -UP OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. B. NOTIFY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO START -UP OF EACH ITEM. C. VERIFY THAT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHECKED FOR PROPER LUBRICATION, DRIVE ROTATION, BELT TENSION, CONTROL SEQUENCE, AND FOR CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CAUSE DAMAGE. D. VERIFY TESTS, METER READINGS, AND SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AGREE WITH THOSE REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. E. VERIFY THAT WIRING AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS FOR EQUIPMENT ARE COMPLETE AND TESTED. F. EXECUTE START -UP UNDER SUPERVISION OF APPLICABLE CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL AND MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. G. SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT THAT EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED AND IS FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY. 3.07 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. DEMONSTRATE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS TO OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. DEMONSTRATE START -UP, OPERATION, CONTROL, ADJUSTMENT, TROUBLE - SHOOTING, SERVICING, MAINTENANCE, AND SHUTDOWN OF EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT AT SCHEDULED TIME, AT EQUIPMENT LOCATION. C. FOR EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEASONAL OPERATION, PERFORM DEMONSTRATION FOR OTHER SEASON WITHIN SIX MONTHS. D. PROVIDE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO IS KNOWLEDGEABLE ABOUT THE PROJECT TO PERFORM DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL. E. UTILIZE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AS BASIS FOR INSTRUCTION. REVIEW CONTENTS OF MANUAL WITH OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN DETAIL TO EXPLAIN ALL ASPECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. B. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING HVAC SYSTEMS: SEE SECTION 23 0593. 3.09 FINAL CLEANING A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE CLEANING AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE. B. USE CLEANING MATERIALS THAT ARE NONHAZARDOUS. C. CLEAN DEBRIS FROM ROOFS, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. D. REMOVE WASTE, SURPLUS MATERIALS, TRASH /RUBBISH, AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES FROM THE SITE; DISPOSE OF IN LEGAL MANNER; DO NOT BURN OR BURY. E. CLEAN OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS OF WORK. 3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. MAKE SUBMITTALS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. 1. PROVIDE COPIES TO ARCHITECT AND OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER . B. ACCOMPANY PROJECT COORDINATOR ON PRELIMINARY INSPECTION TO DETERMINE ITEMS TO BE LISTED FOR COMPLETION OR CORRECTION IN CONTRACTOR'S NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. NOTIFY OWNER WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED READY FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. D. SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED, AND THAT WORK IS COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND READY FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW. E. CORRECT ITEMS OF WORK LISTED IN EXECUTED CERTIFICATES OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS TO OWNER - OCCUPIED AREAS, F. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED FINALLY COMPLETE. G. COMPLETE ITEMS OF WORK DETERMINED BY OWNER FINAL INSPECTION. H. SUBMIT GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MAINTAINED REDLINE SET OF AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS TO ARCHITECT. SET SHALL CLEARLY DENOTE ANY AND ALL FIELD MODIFICATIONS MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. I. SUBMIT 0 & M MANUAL FOR ANY NEW EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, 3.11 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. FURNISH SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF COMPONENTS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATION SECTIONS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD OR AS REQUESTED BY OWNER. B. EXAMINE SYSTEM COMPONENTS AT A FREQUENCY CONSISTENT WITH RELIABLE OPERATION. CLEAN, ADJUST, AND LUBRICATE AS REQUIRED. C. INCLUDE SYSTEMATIC EXAMINATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND LUBRICATION OF COMPONENTS. REPAIR OR REPLACE PARTS WHENEVER REQUIRED. USE PARTS PRODUCED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE ORIGINAL COMPONENT. D. MAINTENANCE SERVICE SHALL NOT BE ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY AGENT OR SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF OWNER SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. BUILDING DEMOLITION , SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF BUILT SITE ELEMENTS AND FOR ALTERATION PURPOSES, ABANDONMENT AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING UTILITIES.. 1.02 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS; CURRENT EDITION. B. NFPA 241- STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS; 2004. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DEMOLITION FIRM: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. 1. MINIMUM OF 10 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. REMOVE PAVING AND CURBS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK. B. REMOVE OTHER ITEMS INDICATED, FOR SALVAGE, RELOCATION, RECYCLING, AND ITEMS INDICATED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. FILL EXCAVATIONS, OPEN PITS, AND HOLES IN GROUND AREAS GENERATED AS RESULT OF REMOVALS, USING SPECIFIED FILL; COMPACT FILL AS REQUIRED SO THAT REQUIRED ROUGH GRADE ELEVATIONS DO NOT SUBSIDE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS FOR DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND SAFETY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND THE PUBLIC. 1. OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS, COMPLY WITH ALL BUILDING CODES, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS, MINIMIZE INTERFERENCES WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND OCCUPANTS, DO NOT OBSTRUCT ENTRANCES, EXITS, ROADWAYS AND SIDEWALKS B. DO NOT BEGIN REMOVAL UNTIL RECEIPT OF NOTIFICATION TO PROCEED FROM OWNER. EM C. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE DISCOVERED DURING REMOVAL OPERATIONS, STOP WORK AND NOTIFY THE OWNER'S AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCLUDE REGULATED ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS, LEAD, PCB'S, AND MERCURY. D. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1926 AND STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. SECTION 02 4100 - DEMOLITION (CONT.) 3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES A. COORDINATE WORK WITH UTILITY COMPANIES; NOTIFY BEFORE STARTING WORK AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS; OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS AND PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN. B. DO NOT CLOSE, SHUT OFF, OR DISRUPT EXISTING LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND UTILITY BRANCHES THAT ARE IN USE WITHOUT AT LEAST 7 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER'S PROPERTY MANAGER, THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. REMOVE EXPOSED PIPING, VALVES, METERS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS OF DISCONNECTED AND ABANDONED UTILITIES. 3.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. EEGINNING OF DEMOLITION WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. SEPARATE AREAS IN WHICH DEMOLITION IS BEING CONDUCTED FROM OTHER AREAS THAT ARE STILL OCCUPIED. 1. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED IN SECTION 015000 IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE SOUND RETARDANT PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION IN LOCATIONS BASED ON WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING. C. MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE EXCEPT FOR INTERRUPTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT OR MODIFICATIONS; TAKE CARE TO PREVENT WATER AND HUMIDITY DAMAGE. D. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS,): REMOVE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED. E. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. 1. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE; PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK. 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK AND PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR MATCHING NEW WORK. 3.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. REMOVE DEBRIS, JUNK, AND TRASH FROM SITE, LEAVE CLEAN AND READY FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. SECTION 03 3000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONCRETE FORMWORK, ELEVATED CONCRETE SLABS, FLOOR SLABS ON GRADE, FOUNDATIONS, REINFORCEMENT, CONCRETE PADS, JOINT DEVICES AND CURING. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK OF THIS SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301 AND ACI 318. 1. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH DOCUMENT ON SITE. B. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI 305R WHEN CONCRETING DURING HOT WEATHER, C. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI 306R WHEN CONCRETING DURING COLD WEATHER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. FORMWORK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION: COMPLY WITH GUIDELINES OF ACI 347 TO PROVIDE FORMWORK THAT WILL PRODUCE CONCRETE COMPLYING WITH TOLERANCES OF ACI 117. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A 615/A 615M GRADE 60 (420). 1. TYPE: DEFORMED UNFINISHED BILLET -STEEL BARS B. STEEL WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT: ASTM A 185/A 185M, PLAIN TYPE. C. REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES: 1. ANNEALED MINIMUM 16 GAGE TIE WIRE, CHAIRS, BAR SUPPORTS AND SPACERS 2. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL, GALVANIZED, PLASTIC, OR PLASTIC COATED STEEL COMPONENTS FOR PLACEMENT WITHIN 2 INCHES OF WEATHERING SURFACES. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. CEMENT: ASTM C 150, TYPE I - NORMAL PORTLAND TYPE; FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE: ASTM C33 B. WATER: CLEAN AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO CONCRETE. 2.04 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES A. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS THAT WILL RESULT IN SOLUBLE CHLORIDE IONS IN EXCESS OF 0.1 PERCENT BY WEIGHT OF CEMENT. B. AIR ENTRAINMENT ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 260, ACCELERATING ADMIXTURE: ASTM 494C/ 494M TYPE C, RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM 494C/ 494M TYPE B 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. UNDERSLAB VAPOR RETARDER: MULTI - LAYER, FABRIC -, CORD -, GRID -, OR ALUMINUM - REINFORCED POLYETHYLENE OR EQUIVALENT, COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1745, CLASS A; STATED BY MANUFACTURER AS SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN CONTACT WITH SOIL OR GRANULAR FILL UNDER CONCRETE SLABS. SINGLE PLY POLYETHYLENE IS PROHIBITED. B. CHEMICAL HARDENER: FLUOSILICATE SOLUTION DESIGNED FOR DENSIFICATION OF CURED CONCRETE SLABS. C. NON- SHRINK GROUT: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M; PREMIXED COMPOUND CONSISTING OF NON- METALLIC AGGREGATE, CEMENT, WATER REDUCING AND PLASTICIZING AGENTS. D. MOISTURE- RETAINING COVER: ASTM C 171; REGULAR CURING PAPER, WHITE CURING PAPER, CLEAR POLYETHYLENE, WHITE POLYETHYLENE; OR WHITE BURLAP- POLYETHYLENE SHEET. 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. LATEX BONDING AGENT: NON- DISPERSIBLE ACRYLIC LATEX, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1059 TYPE II. B. EPDXY BONDING SYSTEM: COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 881 /C 881M AND OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. C. JOINT FILLER: COMPRESSIBLE ASPHALT MASTIC WITH FELT FACERS, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 994,1/4 INCH THICK AND 4 INCHES DEEP. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. PROPORTIONING NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: COMPLY WITH ACI 211.1 RECOMMENDATIONS. B. CONCRETE STRENGTH: ESTABLISH REQUIRED AVERAGE STRENGTH FOR EACH TYPE OF CONCRETE ON THE BASIS OF FIELD EXPERIENCE OR TRIAL MIXTURES, AS SPECIFIED IN ACI 301. 1. FOR TRIAL MIXTURES METHOD, EMPLOY INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT FOR PREPARING AND REPORTING PROPOSED MIX DESIGNS. C. ADMIXTURES: ADD ACCEPTABLE ADMIXTURES AS RECOMMENDED IN ACI 211.1 AND AT RATES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 39 /C 39M AT 28 DAYS: 3,000 PSI. 2.08 MIXING A. ON PROJECT SITE: MIX IN DRUM TYPE BATCH MIXER, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 685. TRANSIT MIXERS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 94 /C 94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONCRETE FINISHING A. CONCRETE SLABS: FINISH TO REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 302.1 R, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. STEEL TROWEL SURFACES THAT WILL RECEIVE CARPETING, RESILIENT FLOORING, SEAMLESS FLOORING, THIN ET QUARRY TILE, AND THIN 00 G, S SS SET QU SET S CERAMIC TILE. 2. STEEL TROWEL SURFACES THAT WILL BE LEFT EXPOSED. A. CHEMICAL HARDENER: AFTER SLAB HAS CURED, APPLY WATER - DILUTED HARDENER IN THREE COATS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, ALLOWING 24 HOURS EETWEEN COATS. B. IN AREAS WITH FLOOR DRAINS, MAINTAIN FLOOR ELEVATION AT WALLS; PITCH SURFACES UNIFORMLY TO DRAINS AT 1:100 NOMINAL. SECTION 03 3000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE (CONT.) 3.02 CURING AND PROTECTION 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PROVIDE FREE ACCESS TO CONCRETE OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE AND COOPERATE WITH APPOINTED FIRM. B. SUBMIT PROPOSED MIX DESIGN OF EACH CLASS OF CONCRETE TO INSPECTION AND TESTING FIRM FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONCRETE OPERATIONS. C. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS: ASTM C 391C 39M. FOR EACH TEST, MOLD AND CURE THREE CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS. OBTAIN TEST SAMPLES FOR EVERY 100 CU YD OR LESS OF EACH CLASS OF CONCRETE PLACED. D. TAKE ONE ADDITIONAL TEST CYLINDER DURING COLD WEATHER CONCRETING, CURED ON JOB SITE UNDER SAME CONDITIONS AS CONCRETE IT REPRESENTS. E. PERFORM ONE SLUMP TEST FOR EACH SET OF TEST CYLINDERS TAKEN, FOLLOWING PROCEDURES OF ASTM C 143/C 143M. 3.04 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. TEST RESULTS: THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL REPORT TEST RESULTS IN WRITING TO OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WITHIN 24 HOURS OF TEST, B. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE: CONCRETE NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIRED LINES, DETAILS, DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. C. REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. THE COST OF ADDITIONAL TESTING SHALL BE BORNE BY CONTRACTOR WHEN DEFECTIVE CONCRETE IS IDENTIFIED. D. DO NOT PATCH, FILL, TOUCH -UP, REPAIR, OR REPLACE EXPOSED CONCRETE EXCEPT UPON EXPRESS DIRECTION OF OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL AREA. SECTION 04 2000 - UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONCRETE BLOCK, FACING AND COMMON BRICK, MORTAR AND GROUT, REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE, FLASHINGS, LINTELS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF ACI 530 /ASCE 5/TMS 402 AND ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602, EXCEPT WHERE EXCEEDED BY REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN MATERIALS AND SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURE TO MINIMUM 40 DEGREES F PRIOR TO, DURING, AND 48 HOURS AFTER COMPLETION OF MASONRY WORK. B. MAINTAIN MATERIALS AND SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURE TO MAXIMUM 90 DEGREES F PRIOR TO, DURING, AND 48 HOURS AFTER COMPLETION OF MASONRY WORK. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 30 OF EACH SIZE, COLOR, AND TYPE OF FACE BRICK UNITS FOR KEY BANK'S USE IN MAINTENANCE OF PROJECT. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. CONCRETE BLOCK: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. SIZE: STANDARD UNITS WITH NOMINAL FACE DIMENSIONS OF 16 X 8 INCHES AND NOMINAL DEPTHS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS, LOADING BEARING UNITS: ASTM C 90, NON -LOAD BEARING UNITS: ASTM C129 2.02 BRICK UNITS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BORAL BRICKS, INC: WWW.BORALBRICKS.COM. 2. ENDICOTT CLAY PRODUCTS CO: WWW.ENDICOTT.COM. 3. GLEN GERY: WWW.GLENGERY.COM. 4. SUMMITVILLE: WWW.SUMMITVILLE.COM 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. FACING BRICK: ASTM C 216, TYPE FBS, GRADE SW. 1. SIZE, COLOR AND TEXTURE: TO MATCH EXISTING. C. BUILDING (COMMON) BRICK: ASTM C 62, GRADE SW; SOLID UNITS. 1. NOMINAL SIZE: TO MATCH EXISTING. 2.03 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. MORTAR AND GROUT: 1. TO MATCH EXISTING MORTAR, PORTLAND CEMENT ASTM C 150 TYPE 1t 2. GLEN GREY COLORED MORTAT BLEND G-402 2.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS: 1. DUR- O -WAL: WWW.DUR- O- WAL.COM. 2. HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC: WWW.H - B.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. REINFORCING STEEL: TYPE AS REQUIRED; SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; GALVANIZED FINISH. C. STRAP ANCHORS: BENT STEEL SHAPES CONFIGURED AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, 1-114 IN WIDTH, 0.105 IN THICK, LENGTHS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NOT MORE THAN 1 INCH AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2 INCH OF MORTAR COVERAGE FROM MASONRY FACE, CORRUGATED FOR EMBEDMENT IN MASONRY JOINT, HOT DIP GALVANIZED TO ASTM A 153/A 153M, CLASS B. 2.05 FLASHINGS A. METAL FLASHING MATERIALS:ASTM B 370, 060 SOFT ANNEALED; 20 OZ/SQ FT THICK; NATURAL FINISH COPPER. B. EPDM FLASHING: ASTM D 4637, TYPE I, 0.040 INCH THICK. C. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304, SOFT TEMPER; 26 GAGE (0.45 MM) THICK; FINISH 2B TO 2D. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS: RUBBER MATERIAL. PROVIDE WITH CORNER AND TEE ACCESSORIES, FUSED JOINTS. B. JOINT FILLER: CLOSED CELL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE; OVERSIZED 50 PERCENT TO JOINT WIDTH; SELF EXPANDING; MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE. C. CAVITY MORTAR CONTROL: SEMI -RIGID POLYETHYLENE OR POLYESTER MESH PANELS, SIZED TO THICKNESS OF WALL CAVITY, AND DESIGNED TO PREVENT MORTAR DROPPINGS FROM CLOGGING WEEPS AND CAVITY VENTS AND ALLOW PROPER CAVITY DRAINAGE. D. WEEPS: POLYETHYLENE TUBING AT 24" ON CENTER SPACING. E. CAVITY VENTS: POLYESTER MESH. F. CLEANING SOLUTION: NON- ACIDIC, NOT HARMFUL TO MASONRY WORK OR ADJACENT MATERIALS. 2.07 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY: ASTM C 270, USING THE PROPORTION SPECIFICATION. 1. MASONRY BELOW GRADE AND IN CONTACT WITH EARTH: TYPE S. 2. EXTERIOR, LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 3. EXTERIOR, NON - LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 4. INTERIOR, LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE N. 5. INTERIOR, NON - LOADBEARING MASONRY: TYPE 0. B. COLORED MORTAR: PROPORTION SELECTED PIGMENTS AND OTHER INGREDIENTS TO MATCH EXISTING, WITHOUT EXCEEDING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PIGMENT -TO- CEMENT RATIO. C. NEW MORTAR FOR OLD BRICK: PROPORTIONED BY VOLUME ONLY; NOT MORE THAN 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL VOLUME OF PORTLAND CEMENT AND LIME COMBINED SHALL BE PORTLAND CEMENT. 1. SAND: MATCH ORIGINAL MORTAR AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE IN COLOR, SIZE, AND TEXTURE, WITHOUT USE OF OTHER ADDITIVES. 2. DO NOT USE MODERN ADDITIVES UNLESS PERMITTED IN WRITING. 3. REPOINTING MORTAR: USE PROPORTIONS FROM 1 PART LIME TO 2 PARTS SAND WITH NO PORTLAND CEMENT, UP TO 2 PARTS PORTLAND CEMENT TO 3 PARTS LIME TO 6 PARTS SAND. 4. WHITE PORTLAND CEMENT: USE FOR REPOINTING MORTAR WHERE L P R 0 TAND CEMENT IS PERMITTED. D. GROUT: ASTM C 476. CONSISTENCY REQUIRED TO FILL COMPLETELY VOLUMES INDICATED FOR GROUTING; FINE GROUT FOR SPACES WITH SMALLEST HORIZONTAL DIMENSION OF 2 INCHES OR LESS; COARSE GROUT FOR SPACES `,KITH SMALLEST HORIZONTAL DIMENSION GREATER THAN 2 INCHES. SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS (CONT.) D. PROVIDE ANCHORS AND OTHER COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED TO ATTACH TO STRUCTURE, MADE OF SAME MATERIALS AS RAILING COMPONENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; WHERE EXPOSED FASTENER; :I ARE UNAVOIDABLE PROVIDE FLUSH COUNTERSUNK FASTENERS. 1. FOR ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE, PROVIDE INSERTS TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 2. FOR ANCHORAGE TO MASONRY, PROVIDE BRACKETS TO BE EMBEDDED IN MASONRY, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 3. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALLS, PROVIDE BACKING PLATES, FOR BOLTING ANCHORS. 4. POSTS: PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE FLANGED BRACKET: >, E. PROVIDE SLIP -ON NON -WELD MECHANICAL FITTINGS T') JOIN LENGTHS, SEAL OPEN ENDS, AND CONCEAL EXPOSED MOUNTING BOLTS AND NUTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ELBOWS, T- SHAPES, SPLICE CONNECTORS, FLANGES, ESCUTCHEONS, AND WALL BRACKETS. 2.03 ALUMINUM MATERIALS A. ALUMINUM PIPE: SCHEDULE 40; ASTM B 429/B 429M, ASTM B 241/B 241 M, OR ASTM B 483/B 483M, NON -WELD MECHANICAL FITTINGS ( FLU; 3H SET SCREWS), STRAIGHT SPLICE CONNECTORS. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. CLASS 1 NATURAL ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. B. CLASS 1 COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C; INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. APPLY ONE COAT OF BITUMINOUS PAINT TO CONCEALED ALUMINUM SURFACES THAT WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS OR DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB, OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT AND OUT OF POSITION: 1/4 INCH SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. STRUCTURAL DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING, NON - STRUCTURAL DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING, ROUGH OPENING FRAMING FOR DOORS, WINDOWS, AND ROOF OPENINGS, UNDERLAYMENT, ROOF - MOUNTED CURBS, ROOFING NAILERS, PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD MATERIALS, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD MATERIALS, COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRICAL ROOM MOUNTING BOARDS, CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING., NAILERS, FURRINGS, SUPPORTS AND GROUNDS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DIMENSION LUMBER: COMPLY WITH PS 20 AND REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFIED GRADING AGENCIES. 1. SPECIES: DOUGLAS FIR - LARCH, UNLESS 01 HERWISE INDICATED. 2. GRADING AGENCY: ANY GRADING AGENCY WHOSE RULES ARE APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF REVIEW, AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARD COMMITTEE (WWW.ALSC.ORG) AND WHO PROVIDES GRADING SERVICE FOR THE SPECIES AND GRADE SPECIFIED; PROVIDE LUMBER STAMPED WITH GRADE MARK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. LUMBER FABRICATED FROM OLD GROWTH TIMBER IS NOT PERMITTED. C. PROVIDE SUSTAINABLY HARVESTED WOOD; SEE SEECTION 01 6000 FOR REQUIREMENTS, D. PROVIDE WOOD HARVESTED WITHIN A 500 MILE RADIUS OF THE PROJECT SITE FOR LOCALLY - SOURCED PRODUCTS. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. SUBFLOORING: APA RATED SHEATHING. 1. EXPOSURE CLASS: EXTERIOR. 2. SPAN RATING: 32/16 INCHES. 3. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH, NOMINAL. B. WALL SHEATHING: APA STRUCTURAL I RATED SHEATHING, EXTERIOR EXPOSURE CLASS, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. SPAN RATING: 24/0. 2. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH, NOMINAL. C. WALL SHEATHING: PLYWOOD, PS 1, GRADE C -D, EXPOSURE 1 D. COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRICAL ROOM MOUNTING BOARDS: INTERIOR GRADE, A -D PLYWOOD ; 3/4 INCH THICK; FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS, SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. E. OTHER APPLICATIONS: 1. CONCEALED PLYWOOD: PS 1, C -C PLUGGED, EXTERIOR GRADE. 2. EXPOSED PLYWOOD: PS 1, A -D, INTERIOR GRADE. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: 1. METAL AND FINISH: HOT - DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL PER ASTM A 1531A 153M FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND PRESERVATIVE - TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS, UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE. 2. DRYWALL SCREWS: BUGLE HEAD, HARDENED STEEL, POWER DRIVEN TYPE, LENGTH THREE TIMES THICKNESS OF SHEATHING. 3. ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY. B. SUBFLOOR GLUE: WATERPROOF, WATER BASE, AIR CURE TYPE, CARTRIDGE DISPENSED. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWPA U1 - USE CATEGORY SYSTEM FOR WOOD TREATMENTS DETERMINED BY USE CATEGORIES, EXPECTED SERVICE CONDITIONS, A!\ID SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS. 1. FIRE - RETARDANT TREATED WOOD: MARK EACH PIECE OF WOOD WITH PRODUCER'S STAMP INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. PRESERVATIVE - TREATED WOOD: PROVIDE LUMBER AND PLYWOOD MARKED OR STAMPED BY AN ALSC - ACCREDITED TESTING AGENCY, CERTIFYING LEVEL AND TYPE OF TREATMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. PROVIDE FRAMING AND BLOCKING MEMBERS AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FINISHES, FIXTURES, SPECIALTY ITEMS, AND TRIM. B. IN METAL STUD WALLS, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AROUND DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS FOR ANCHORAGE OF FRAMES SECURELY ATTACHED TO STUD FRAMING. C. IN WALLS, PROVIDE BLOCKING ATTACHED TO STUDS AS BACKING AND SUPPORT FOR WALL - MOUNTED ITEMS, UNLESS ITEM CAN BE SECURELY FASTENED TO TWO OR MORE STUDS OR OTHER METHOD OF SUPPORT IS EXPLICITLY INDICATED. D. SPECIFICALLY, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING NON - STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND BLOCKING: 1. CABINETS AND SHELF SUPPORTS, WALL BRACKETS, HANDRAILS, GRAB BARS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, DOOR STOPS, WALL PANELING AND TRIM, CHALKBOARDS, BULLETIN BOARDS AND MARKER BOARDS. 3.02 ROOF- RELATED CARPENTRY A. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ROOFING CARPENTRY WITH DECK CONSTRUCTION, FRAMING OF ROOF OPENINGS, AND ROOFING ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION. B. PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED WOOD CURBS AT ALL ROOF OPENINGS EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE. FORM CORNERS BY ALTERNATING LAPPING SIDE MEMBERS. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 12 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION) Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTER Drawing No.: G -103 SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY (CONT.) 3.03 CLEANING A. WASTE DISPOSAL: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING ORDINANCES. 1. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. 2. DO NOT BURN SCRAP ON PROJECT SITE OR BURN SCRAPS THAT HAVE BEEN PRESSURE TREATED. 3. DO NOT SEND MATERIALS TREATED WITH PENTACHLOROPHENOL, CCA, OR ACA TO CO- GENERATION FACILITIES OR "WASTE -TO- ENERGY' FACILITIES. B. DO NOT LEAVE ANY WOOD, SHAVINGS, SAWDUST, ETC. ON THE GROUND OR BURIED IN FILL. C. PREVENT SAWDUST AND WOOD SHAVINGS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. SECTION 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS, WOOD DOOR FRAMES, GLAZED FRAMES, WOOD CASINGS AND MOLDINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GRADE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. LUMBER GRADING AGENCY: CERTIFIED BY ALSC. 2. PLYWOOD: CERTIFIED BY THE AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION. 3. HARDWOOD LUMBER GRADING: NHLA GRADING RULES. B. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN FABRICATING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR FIRE RETARDANT REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF QUALITY SPECIFIED BY AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED FOR PREMIUM GRADE. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. HARDWOOD LUMBER: , SAWN, MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6 PERCENT SUITABLE FOR STAIN FINISH. 2.03 SHEET MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD EXPOSED TO VIEW: HARDWOOD FACE SPECIES AS INDICATED, PLAIN SAWN, VENEER CORE; PS 1 GRADE A -B; GLUE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED FOR APPLICATION. 2.04 ADHESIVE A. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY LAMINATE MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2.05 FASTENERS A. FASTENERS: OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; FINISH AS INDICATED IN CONCEALED AND EXPOSED LOCATIONS. B. CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS: THREADED STEEL. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. LUMBER FOR SHIMMING, BLOCKING.U. B. SAFETY GLASS: LAMINATED GLASS COMPLYING WITH 16 CFR 1201 AND ANSI Z97.1; CLEAR; NOMINALLY 6 MM THICK. C. STAIN AND SATIN FINISH: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. D. WOOD FILLER: SOLVENT BASE, TINTED TO MATCH SURFACE FINISH COLOR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: 1/16 INCH. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT WITH ABUTTING MATERIALS: 1/32 INCH. SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SPECIALLY FABRICATED CABINET UNITS, COUNTERTOPS, CABINET HARDWARE,FACTORY FINISHING AND PREPARATION FOR INSTALLING UTILITIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, PREMIUM QUALITY, UNLESS OTHER QUALITY IS INDICATED FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MEMBER IN GOOD STANDING OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) OR THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION OF CANADA (AWMAC) AND FAMILIAR WITH THE AWI /AWMAC QSI. D. QUALITY CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE INSPECTION AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETED CUSTOM CABINETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. AS PROVIDED BY OWNER B. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD LUMBER: NIST PS 20; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, GRADE II /CUSTOM; AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 -10 PERCENT. B. HARDWOOD LUMBER: NHLA; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, GRADE II/CUSTOM; AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 5 -10 PERCENT 2.03 PANEL MATERIALS A. SOFTWOOD FACED PLYWOOD: B. EXPOSED SURFACES: NIST PS 1; APA A -A GRADE, PLAIN- SLICED REDWOOD FACE VENEER, INTERIOR RATED ADHESIVES, CORE OF PARTICLEBOARD; MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD, OR ENGINEERED COMBINATION, THICKNESS AS INDICATED. C. HARDWOOD FACED PLYWOOD: HPVA HP -1; GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, CORE OF PARTICLEBOARD, MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD, STRAWBOARD, OR ENGINEERED COMBINATION; TYPE OF GLUE RECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED; WITH FACE VENEER D. PARTICLEBOARD: ANSI A208.1; MEDIUM DENSITY INDUSTRIAL TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, COMPOSED OF WOOD CHIPS BONDED WITH INTERIOR GRADE ADHESIVE UNDER HEAT AND PRESSURE; SANDED FACES; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED; USE FOR COMPONENTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): ANSI A208.2; TYPE AS SPECIFIED IN AWI /AWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED; COMPOSED OF WOOD FIBERS PRESSURE BONDED WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT ADHESIVE TO SUIT APPLICATION; SANDED FACES; THICKNESS AS REQUIRED. 1. USE FOR PAINTED COMPONENTS AND CONCEALED COMPONENTS. F. HARDWOOD EDGEBANDING: USE SOLID HARDWOOD EDGEBANDING MATCHING SPECIES, COLOR, GRAIN, AND GRADE FOR EXPOSED PORTIONS OF CABINETRY. 2.04 LAMINATE MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. WILSONART INTERNATIONAL, INC: WWW.WILSONART.COM. B. HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, TYPES AS RECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. HORIZONTAL SURFACES: HGS, 0.048 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 2. VERTICAL SURFACES: VGS, 0.028 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. SECTION 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK (CONT.) 3. FLAME RETARDANT SURFACES: HGF, 0.048 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 4. CABINET LINER: CLS, 0.020 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, THROUGH COLOR, COLORS AS SCHEDULED, FINISH AS SCHEDULED. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. FASTENERS: SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION, THREADED CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS, AND GROMMETS. C. BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, PINS, AND SCREWS: OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION; GALVANIZED OR CHROME - PLATED FINISH IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND STAINLESS STEEL, OR CHROME- PLATED FINISH IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS. 2.06 HARDWARE A. HARDWARE: BHMA A156.9, TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR FOR QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED. B. ADJUSTABLE SHELF SUPPORTS: STANDARD SIDE - MOUNTED SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE HOLES FOR PIN SUPPORTS AND COORDINATED SELF RESTS, SATIN CHROME FINISH, FOR NOMINAL 1 INCH SPACING ADJUSTMENTS. C. DRAWER AND DOOR PULLS: "U" SHAPED WIRE PULL, STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH, 4 INCH CENTERS. D. CABINET LOCKS: KEYED CYLINDER, TWO KEYS PER LOCK, STEEL WITH CHROME FINISH. E. CATCHES. F. DRAWER SLIDES: 1. TYPE: STANDARD EXTENSION, COMMERCIAL GRADE, SIDE MOUNTED, INTEGRAI STOP AND SELF CLOSING. G. HINGES: EUROPEAN STYLE CONCEALED SELF - CLOSING TYPE, STEEL WITH POLISHED FINISH. 2.07 SITE FINISHING MATERIALS A. STAIN, SHELLAC, VARNISH AND FINISHING MATERIALS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SECTION 099000. B. FINISHING: SITE FINISHED AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS AND SECTION 09 9000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST INSTALLED WORK. 3.02 CLEANING A. CLEAN CASEWORK, COUNTERS, SHELVES, HARDWARE, FITTINGS, AND FIXTURES. SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAUSOUND INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BOARD INSULATION AND INTEGRAL VAPOR RETARDER AT CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION, PERIMETER FOUNDATION WALL, AND UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR SLABS. B. BATT INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDER IN EXTERIOR WALL, CEILING, AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION. C. BATT INSULATION FOR FILLING PERIMETER WINDOW AND DOOR SHIM SPACES AND CREVICES IN EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF. D. BATT /SOUND INSULATION FOR INTERIOR WALLS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. INSULATION: 1. OWENS CORNING- WWW.OWENSCORNING.CO 2. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION- WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM 3. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY - WWW.DOWSTYROFOAM.COM 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C 578, TYPE X; EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD WITH EITHER NATURAL SKIN OR CUT CELL SURFACES; WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1.FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 75 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 3. BOARD THICKNESS: 1-1/2 INCHES. B. POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD INSULATION: RIGID CELLULAR FOAM, COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1289; TYPE 1, ALUMINUM FOIL BOTH FACES; CLASS 1, NON- REINFORCED FOAM CORE. 1.FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 75 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. 3. BOARD THICKNESS: 2 INCH. 2.03 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. BATT INSULATION: ASTM C 665; PREFORMED BATT; FRICTION FIT, CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: 1.COMBUSTIBILITY: NON- COMBUSTIBLE, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 136, EXCEPT FOR FACING, IF ANY. 2. THICKNESS: INCH AS REQUIRED BY CODES AND INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. FACING: UNFACED. 4. FACING: ALUMINUM FOIL, ONE SIDE. SECTION 07 3113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING, FLEXIBLE SHEET MEMBRANES FOR EAVE PROTECTION, UNDERLAYMENT, AND VALLEY PROTECTION AND ASSOCIATED METAL FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF NRCA STEEP ROOFING MANUAL. B. PRODUCTS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH FIRE RESISTANCE CRITERIA: UL LISTED AND LABELED. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL SHINGLES CR EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE WHEN SURFACE TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 45 DEGREES F. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 40SF OF EXTRA SHINGLES OF EACH COLOR SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHINGLES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GAF MATERIALS CORPORATION: WWW.GAF.COM. 2. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ASPHALT SHINGLES: ASPHALT - COATED GLASS FELT, MINERAL GRANULE SURFACED, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 3462; CLASS A FIRE RESISTANCE WITH MIN.40YR MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY. 1. SELF - SEALING TYPE, SQUARE. COLOR TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. NAILS: STANDARD ROUND WIRE SHINGLE TYPE, OF HOT- DIPPED ZINC COATED STEEL, 12 GAGE, 0.105 INCH SHANK DIAMETER, 3/8 INCH HEAD DIAMETER, OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THROUGH ROOF SHEATHING OR 3/4 INCH INTO ROOF SHEATHING OR DECKING. B. STAPLES: STANDARD WIRE SHINGLE TYPE,; OF HOT DIPPED ZINC COATED STEEL, 16 GAGE, 0.062 INCH DIAMETER, 15/16 INCH CROWN WIDTH, OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THROUGH ROOF SHEATHING OR 3/4 INCH INTO ROOF SHEATHING OR DECKING. C. PLASTIC CEMENT: ASTM D 4586, ASPHALT ROOF CEMENT. SECTION 07 3113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES (CONT.) D. LAP CEMENT: FIBRATED CUTBACK ASPHALT TYPE, RECOMMENDED FOR USE IN APPLICATION OF UNDERLAYMENT, FREE OF TOXIC SOLVENTS, E. RIDGE VENTS: PLASTIC, EXTRUDED WITH VENT OPENINGS THAT DO NOT PERMIT DIRECT WATER OR WEATHER ENTRY; FLANGED TO RECEIVE SHINGLES. 2.03 METAL FLASHINGS A. METAL FLASHINGS: PROVIDE SHEET METAL EAVE EDGE, GABLE EDGE, RIDGE, RIDGE VENTS, OPEN VALLEY FLASHING, CHIMNEY FLASHING, DORMER FLASHING, AND OTHER FLASHING INDICATED. 1. FORM FLASHINGS TO PROFILES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE A. INSTALL EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE FROM EAVE EDGE TO MINIMUM 4 FT UP -SLOPE BEYOND INTERIOR FACE OF EXTERIOR WALL. B. APPLY 4 INCH WIDE BAND OF PLASTIC CEMENT OVER DECK FLANGE OF EAVE EDGE FLASHINGS, AND EMBED AN 18 INCH WIDE STRIP OF EAVE PROTECTION MEMBRANE. PLACE STARTER STRIP WITH EAVE EDGE FLUSH WITH FACE OF FLASHINGS. SECURE IN PLACE. LAP ENDS MINIMUM 6 INCHES. C. APPLY LAP CEMENT AT RATE OF APPROXIMATELY 1 1/4 GAU100 SQ. FT OVER STARTER STRIP. D. STARTING FROM LOWER EDGE OF STARTER STRIP, LAY ADDITIONAL 36 INCH WIDE STRIPS IN LAP CEMENT, TO PRODUCE A TWO PLY MEMBRANE. WEATHER LAP PLIES MINIMUM 19 INCHES AND NAIL IN PLACE. LAP ENDS MINIMUM 6 INCHES. STAGGER END JOINTS OF EACH CONSECUTIVE PLY. 3.02 INSTALLATION - UNDERLAYMENT A. AT ROOF SLOPES LESS THAN 4:12 : INSTALL TWO LAYERS OF UNDERLAYMENT OVER ENTIRE ROOF AREA, WITH ENDS AND EDGES WEATHER LAPPED MINIMUM 4 INCHES. STAGGER END LAPS OF EACH'CONSECUTIVE LAYER. NAIL IN PLACE. B. ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH OR MOUNTED ON ROOF: WEATHER LAP AND SEAL WATERTIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. 3.03 INSTALLATION - METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A. INSTALL FLASHINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRCA REQUIREMENTS, B. WEATHER LAP JOINTS MINIMUM 2 INCHES AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. C. SECURE IN PLACE WITH NAILS AT 12 INCHES ON CENTER. CONCEAL FASTENINGS. D. ITEMS PROJECTING THROUGH OR MOUNTED ON ROOFING: FLASH AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. 3.04 INSTALLATION - SHINGLES A. INSTALL SHINGLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. FASTEN INDIVIDUAL SHINGLES USING 2 NAILS PER SHINGLE, OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 2. FASTEN STRIP SHINGLES USING 4 NAILS PER STRIP, OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. B. PLACE SHINGLES IN STRAIGHT COURSING PATTERN WITH 5 INCH WEATHER EXPOSURE TO PRODUCE DOUBLE THICKNESS OVER FULL ROOF AREA. PROVIDE DOUBLE COURSE OF SHINGLES AT EAVES. C. PROJECT FIRST COURSE OF SHINGLES 3/4 INCH BEYOND FASCIA BOARDS. D. EXTEND SHINGLES 1/2 INCH BEYOND FACE OF GABLE EDGE FASCIA BOARDS. SECTION 07 5300 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ELASTOMERIC ROOFING MEMBRANE, ADHERED CONVENTIONAL APPLICATION, FLAT AND TAPERED INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDER, DECK SHEATHING, FLASHINGS, ROOF CANT STRIPS, STACK BOOTS, ROOFING EXPANSION JOINTS, AND WALKWAY PADS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRCA ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING MANUAL AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE DURING UNSUITABLE WEATHER. B. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 40 DEGREES F OR ABOVE 90 DEGREES F. C. DO NOT APPLY ROOFING MEMBRANE TO DAMP OR FROZEN DECK SURFACE OR WHEN PRECIPITATION IS EXPECTED OR OCCURRING. D. DO NOT EXPOSE MATERIALS VULNERABLE TO WATER OR SUN DAMAGE IN QUANTITIES GREATER THAN CAN BE WEATHERPROOFED THE SAME DAY. 1.04 WARRANTY PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. EPDM MEMBRANE MATERIALS (60 MIL): 1. CARLISLE SYNTEC INCORPORATED: WWW.CARLISLE- SYNTEC.COM. 2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS CO: WWW.FIRESTONEBPCO.COM. 3. GENFLEX ROOFING SYSTEMS: WWW.GENFLEX.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. INSULATION: 1. GAF MATERIALS CORPORATION: WWW.GAF.COM. 2. DOW CHEMICAL CO: WWW.DOW.COM. 3. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 ROOFING - UNBALLASTED APPLICATIONS A. ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING: COMPLY WITH NRCA SPECIFICATION PLATE OVER 1/2" DENS DECK SHEATHING AND RIGID INSULATION. B. ROOFING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS: 1. ROOF COVERING EXTERNAL FIRE - RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATION: UL CLASS A. 2. FACTORY MUTUAL CLASSIFICATION: CLASS 1 AND WINDSTORM RESISTANCE OF 1 -90, IN ACCORDANCE WITH FM DS 1 -28. 3. INSULATION THERMAL VALUE (R), MINIMUM:AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES. C. ACCEPTABLE INSULATION TYPES - CONSTANT THICKNESS APPLICATION: ANY OF THE TYPES SPECIFIED. 1. MINIMUM 2 LAYERS OF POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. STACK BOOTS: PREFABRICATED FLEXIBLE BOOT AND COLLAR FOR PIPE STACKS THROUGH MEMBRANE; SAME MATERIAL AS MEMBRANE. B. CANT AND EDGE STRIPS: WOOD FIBERBOARD, COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING MATERIALS; CANTS FORMED TO 45 DEGREE ANGLE. C. SHEATHING ADHESIVE: NON- COMBUSTIBLE TYPE, FOR ADHERING GYPSUM SHEATHING TO METAL DECK. D. SHEATHING JOINT TAPE: PAPER TYPE, SELF ADHERING. E. INSULATION JOINT TAPE: GLASS FIBER REINFORCED TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER, COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING MATERIALS; 6 INCHES WIDE; SELF ADHERING. F. INSULATION FASTENERS: APPROPRIATE FOR PURPOSE INTENDED AND APPROVED BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. G. MEMBRANE ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. H. SURFACE CONDITIONER FOR ADHESIVES: COMPATIBLE WITH MEMBRANE AND ADHESIVES. 1. INSULATION ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER. J. ROOFING NAILS: NON- FERROUS TYPE, SIZE AND CONFIGURATION AS REQUIRED TO SUIT APPLICATION. K. STRIP REGLET DEVICES: GALVANIZED STEEL, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS PER LOCATION, WITH ATTACHMENT FLANGES. L. SEALANTS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. ?€,o' 055 SECTION 07 5300 - ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. SEE SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION. B. REQUIRE SITE ATTENDANCE OF ROOFING AND INSULATION MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS DAILY DURING INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE BITUMINOUS MARKINGS FROM FINISHED SURFACES. B. IN AREAS WHERE FINISHED SURFACES ARE SOILED BY WORK OF THIS SECTION, CONSULT MANUFACTURER OF SURFACES FOR CLEANING ADVICE AND CONFORM TO THEIR DOCUMENTED INSTRUCTIONS. C. REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFACED OR DAMAGED FINISHES CAUSED BY WORK OF THIS SECTION. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FABRICATED SHEET METAL ITEMS, INCLUDING FLASHINGS, COUNTER FLASHINGS, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, SHEET METAL ROOFING, AND OTHER ITEMS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE, REGLETS AND PRECAST CONCRETE SPLASH PADS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARD DETAILS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. FABRICATOR AND INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN SHEET METAL WORK WITH 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. PRE - FINISHED GALVANIZED STEEL: ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90 /Z275 ZINC COATING; MINIMUM 0.02 INCH THICK BASE METAL, SHOP PRE - COATED WITH MODIFIED SILICONE COATING. 1. MODIFIED SILICONE POLYESTER COATING: PIGMENTED ORGANIC COATING SYSTEM, AAMA 2603; BAKED ENAMEL FINISH SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. B. ALUMINUM: AS1 M B 209 (ASTM B 209M); 0.032 INCH THICK; ANODIZED FINISH OF COLOR AS SELECTED. C. PRE - FINISHED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); 0.032 INCH THICK; PLAIN FINISH SHOP PRE COATED WITH FLUOROPOLYMER COATING OF COLOR AS SELECTED. 1. FLUOROPOLYMER COATING: HIGH PERFORMANCE ORGANIC FINISH, AAMA 2604; MULTIPLE COAT, THERMALLY CURED FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH SOFT NEOPRENE WASHERS, PRIMER: ZINC CHROMATE TYPE, SEALANT: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079005, PLASTIC CEMENT: ASTM D 4586, TYPE 1, REGLETS: SURFACE MOUNTED GALVANIZED STEEL, SOLDER: ASTM B 32 2.03 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION A. GUTTERS: SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL, RECTANGULAR PROFILE. B. DOWNSPOUTS: RECTANGULAR PROFILE. C. GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS: SIZE FOR RAINFALL INTENSITY DETERMINED BY A STORM OCCURRENCE OF 1 IN 5 YEARS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL. D. ACCESSORIES: PROFILED TO SUIT GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS. 1. GUTTER SUPPORTS: BRACKETS. 2. DOWNSPOUT SUPPORTS: BRACKETS. E. SPLASH PADS: PRECAST CONCRETE TYPE, OF SIZE AND PROFILES INDICATED; MINIMUM 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, WITH MINIMUM 5 PERCENT AIR ENTRAINMENT. F. DOWNSPOUT BOOTS: PLASTIC. G. SEAL METAL JOINTS. CITY MONA MAY 2 g 2009 PERMITCENTER SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS. B. FIRESTOPPING OF ALL PENETRATIONS AND INTERRUPTIONS TO FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, WHETHER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR NOT, AND OTHER OPENINGS INDICATED, 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FIRE TESTING: PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES OF DESIGNS WHICH PROVIDE THE SCHEDULED FIRE RATINGS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH METHODS INDICATED. 1. LISTING IN THE CURRENT -YEAR CLASSIFICATION OR CERTIFICATION BOOKS OF UL, FM, OR ITS (WARNOCK HERSEY) WILL BE CONSIDERED AS CONSTITUTING AN ACCEPTABLE TEST REPORT. 2. SUBMISSION OF ACTUAL TEST REPORTS IS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLIES FOR WHICH NONE OF THE ABOVE SUBSTANTIATION EXISTS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION AND: 1. APPROVED BY FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH UNDER FM STANDARD 4991, APPROVAL OF FIRESTOP CONTRACTORS. 2. WITH MINIMUM 3 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE INSTALLING WORK OF THIS TYPE. 3. ABLE TO SHOW AT LEAST 5 SATISFACTORILY COMPLETED PROJECTS OF COMPARABLE SIZE AND TYPE. 4. APPROVED BY FIRESTOPPING MANUFACTURER. D. INSTALLING MECHANIC'S QUALIFICATIONS: TRAINED BY FIRESTOPPING MANUFACTURER AND ABLE TO PROVIDE EVIDENCE THEREOF. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES A. FIRESTOPPING: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. 1. FIRE RATINGS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR REQUIRED SYSTEMS AND RATINGS. B. FIRESTOPPING AT UNINSULATED METALLIC PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. C. FIRESTOPPING AT COMBUSTIBLE PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. D. FIRESTOPPING AT UNINSULATED METALLIC PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, OF DIAMETER 4 INCHES OR LESS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. E. FIRESTOPPING AT CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS: ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. F. FIRESTOPPING AT CABLE PENETRATIONS, NOT IN CONDUIT OR CABLE TRAY: CAULK OR PUTTY. G. FIRESTOPPING AT CONTROL JOINTS (WITHOUT PENETRATIONS): ANY MATERIAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS. H. FIRESTOPPING BETWEEN EDGE OF FLOOR SLAB AND CURTAIN WALL (WITHOUT PENETRATIONS): GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL FIBER SAFING INSULATION. 2.02 MATERIALS A. FIRESTOPPING SEALANTS: PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168. B. ELASTOMERIC SILICONE FIRESTOPPING: SINGLE COMPONENT SILICONE ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND AND COMPATIBLE SILICONE SEALANT C. FOAM FIRESTOPPPING: SINGLE COMPONENT FOAM COMPOUND D. FIBER COMPOUND FIRESTOPPING: FORMULATED COMPOUND MIXED WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE NON - ASBESTOS FIBERS E. FIBER FIRESTOPPING: MINERAL FIBER INSULATION USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ELASTOMER'C SURFACE SEALER FORMING AIRTIGHT BOND TO OPENING. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 07 8400 - FIRESTOPPING (CONT.) F. FIRESTOP DEVICES - WRAP TYPE: MECHANICAL DEVICE WITH INCOMBUSTIBLE FILLER AND SHEET STAINLESS STEEL JACKET, INTENDED TO BE INSTALLED AFTER PENETRATING ITEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED G. FIRESTOP DEVICES - CAST -IN TYPE: SLEEVE AND SEALING MATERIAL, INTENDED TO BE CAST IN CONCRETE FLOOR FORMS OR IN CONCRETE ON METAL DECK, NOT REQUIRING ANY ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TO ACHIEVE PENETRATION SEAL. H. INTUMESCENT PUTTY: COMPOUND WHICH EXPANDS ON EXPOSURE TO SURFACE HEAT GAIN I. PRIMERS, SLEEVES, FORMS, INSULATION, PACKINl:, STUFFING, AND ACCESSORIES: TYPE REQUIRED FOR TESTED ASSEMBLY DESIGN. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MATERIALS IN MANNER DESCRIBED IN FIRE TEST REPORT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, COMPLETELY CLOSING OPENINGS. B. DO NOT COVER INSTALLED FIRESTOPPING UNTIL INSPECTED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. C. INSTALL LABELING REQUIRED BY CODE. SECTION 07 9005 - JOINT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. - SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING, PRECDMPRESSEI:) FOAM SEALERS, HOLLOW GASKETS. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.03 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. WARRANTY: INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR INSTALLED SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH FAIL TO ACHIEVE AIRTIGHT SEAL, EXHIBIT LOSS OF ADHESION OR COHESION, OR DO NOT CURE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SILICONE SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS, INC. (FORMERLY GE SILICONES): WWW.MOMENTIVE.COM. 3. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM, 4. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: W1nW.CHEMREX.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. POLYURETHANE SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 3. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. POLYSULFIDE SEALANTS: 1. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 2. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. D. ACRYLIC SEALANTS: 1. TREMCO, INC: WWW.TREMCOSEALANTS.C(:)M. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. E. BUTYL SEALANTS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.CC)M. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. F. PREFORMED COMPRESSIBLE FOAM SEALERS: 1. EMSEAL JOINT SYSTEMS, LTD: WWW.EMSEAL.COM. 2. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC: WWW.SANDELLMFG.COM. 3. DAYTON SUPERIOR CORPORATION: WWW.DAYTONSUPERIOR.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PFZODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 SEALANTS A. SEALANTS AND PRIMERS - GENERAL: PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168. B. GENERAL PURPOSE EXTERIOR SEALANT: CONTROL, EXPANSION AND SOFT JOINTS IN MASONRY AND METAL FRAMES. POLYURETHANE; ASTM C 920, GRADE NS, CLASS 25, USES M, G, AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT. 1. COLOR: STANDARD COLORS MATCHING FINISHED SURFACES. C. GENERAL PURPOSE INTERIOR SEALANT: INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING JOINTS, JOINTS AT WINDOW OR DOOR AND WALLS. ACRYLIC EMULSION LATEX; ASTM C 834, TYPE OP, GRADE NF SINGLE COMPONENT, PAINTABLE. D. BATHTUB/TILE SEALANT: JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FLOOR OR WALL , AND KITCHEN AND BATH COUNTERTOPS. WHITE SILICONE; ASTM C 920, USES I, M AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT, MILDEW RESISTANT. E. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: BEAD BETWEEN TOP STUC) RUNNER AND STRUCTURE AND BOTTOM STUD TRACK AND FLOOR. BUTYL OR ACRYLIC SEALANT; ASTM C 920, GRADE NS, CLASS 12 -1/2, USES M AND A; SINGLE COMPONENT, SOLVENT RELEASE CURING, NON- SKINNING. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. PRIMER: NON - STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. JOINT CLEANER: NON- CORROSIVE AND NON- STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT FORMING MATERIALS. C. JOINT BACKING: ROUND FOAM ROD COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT; ASTM D 1667, CLOSED CELL PVC; OVERSIZED 30 TO 50 PERCENT LARGER THAN JOINT WIDTH. D. BOND BREAKER: PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NON- FIRE -RATED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. B. FIRE -RATED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. C. ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING GLAZING, LOUVERS, AND MATCHING PANELS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. ASSA ABLOY CECO, CURRIES, OR FLEMING: WWW.ASSAABLOYDSS.COM. 2. WINDSOR REPUBLIC DOORS: WWW.REPUBLICDOOR.COM. 3. STEELCRAFT: WWW.STEELCRAFT.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. ACCESSIBILITY: COMPLY WITH ANSI /ICC A117.1. 2. DOOR TEXTURE: SMOOTH FACES. 3. GLAZED LIGHTS: NON- REMOVABLE STOPS ON NON- SECURE SIDE; SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. HARDWARE PREPARATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH DHI A115 SERIES, WITH REINFORCEMENT WELDED IN PLACE, IN AUDITION TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DOOR GRADE STANDARD. 5. GALVANIZING FOR UNITS IN WET AREAS: ALL COMPONENTS HOT- DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY- COATED (GALVANNEALED), MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 6. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR HELD FINISHING. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (CONT.) B. COMBINED REQUIREMENTS: IF A PARTICULAR DOOR AND FRAME UNIT IS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF REQUIREMENT, COMPLY WITH ALL THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE; FOR INSTANCE, AN EXTERIOR DOOR THAT IS ALSO INDICATED AS BEING SOUND -RATED MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND FOR SOUND -RATED DOORS; WHERE TWO REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 2.03 STEEL DOORS A. INTERIOR DOORS, NON- FIRE - RATED: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 1, PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL C, MODEL 1, FULL FLUSH. B. INTERIOR DOORS, FIRE - RATED: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 2, PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL B, MODEL 1, FULL FLUSH. 2. FIRE RATING: AS INDICATED ON DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE, TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 10C ( "POSITIVE PRESSURE "). A. PROVIDE UNITS LISTED AND LABELED BY UL. B. ATTACH FIRE RATING LABEL TO EACH FIRE RATED UNIT. C. PANELS: SAME CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, AND FINISH AS DOORS. 2.04 STEEL FRAMES A. GENERAL: 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF GRADE SPECIFIED FOR CORRESPONDING DOOR. A. ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 1 DOORS: 16 GAGE FRAMES. 2. FINISH: SAME AS FOR DOOR. B. EXTERIOR DOOR FRAMES: FACE WELDED, SEAMLESS WITH JOINTS FILLED. 1. GALVANIZING: ALL COMPONENTS HOT- DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY- COATED (GALVANNEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 6531A 653M, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD[ FINISHING. 3. WEATHERSTRIPPING: SEPARATE, SEE SECTION 08 7100. C. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES, NON- FIRE - RATED: KNOCK -DOWN TYPE. 1. TERMINATED STOPS: PROVIDE AT ALL INTERIOR DOORS; CLOSED END STOP TERMINATED 6 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD. FINISHING. D. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES, FIRE - RATED: KNOCK -DOWN TYPE. 1. FIRE RATING: SAME AS DOOR, LABELED. 2. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. LOUVERS: ROLL FORMED STEEL WITH OVERLAPPING FRAME; FACTORY- PAINTED FINISH, COLOR AS SELECTED; FACTORY- INSTALLED. 1. IN FIRE -RATED DOORS: UL- LISTED FUSIBLE LINK LOUVER, SAME RATING AS DOOR. B. GLAZING: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000, FACTORY INSTALLED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFIED DOOR GRADE STANDARD AND NAAMM HMMA 840. B. IN ADDITION, INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FLUSH WOOD DOORS; FLUSH CONFIGURATION; FIRE RATED, NON - RATED, AND ACOUSTICAL. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLED FIRE RATED DOOR AND TRANSOM PANEL ASSEMBLY: CONFORM TO NFPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED CLASS AS INDICATED. 1.03 WARRANTY A. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS WITH CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FOR KEY BANK CONSIDERATION. B. INTERIOR DOORS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY FOR THE LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION. C. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR DELAMINATION OF VENEER, WARPING BEYOND SPECIFIED INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, AND TELEGRAPHING CORE CONSTRUCTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. WOOD VENEER FACED DOORS: 1. ASSA ABLOY GRAHAM: WWW.GRAHAMDOORS.COM. 2. EGGERS INDUSTRIES: WWW.EGGERSINDUSTRIES.COM. 3. HALEY BROTHERS: WWW.HALEYBROS.COM. 4. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS: WWW.MARSHFIELDDOORS.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOORS AND PANELS A. ALL DOORS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. QUALITY LEVEL: PREMIUM GRADE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWIJAWMAC ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1300. 2. WOOD VENEER FACED DOORS: 5 -PLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. INTERIOR DOORS: 1 -3/4 INCHES THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; FLUSH CONSTRUCTION. 1. PROVIDE SOLID CORE DOORS AT ALL LOCATIONS. 2. FIRE RATED DOORS: TESTED TO RATINGS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ( "POSITIVE PRESSURE "); UL OR WH (ITS) LABELED WITHOUT ANY VISIBLE SEALS WHEN DOOR IS OPEN. 3. WOOD VENEER FACING WITH FACTORY TRANSPARENT FINISH WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. FIRE RATED DOORS: MINERAL CORE, TYPE FD, PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE; WITH CORE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ANCHORAGE OF HARDWARE WITHOUT THROUGH- BOLTING. B. SOUND RETARDANT DOORS: EQUIVALENT TO TYPE PC CONSTRUCTION WITH CORE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE RATING SPECIFIED; PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. WOOD VENEER FACING FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: SPECIES AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, VENEER GRADE AS SPECIFIED BY QUALITY STANDARD, PLAIN SLICED, BOOK VENEER MATCH, RUNNING ASSEMBLY MATCH; UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. VERTICAL EDGES: ANY OPTION ALLOWED BY QUALITY STANDARD FOR GRADE. 2. PAIRS: PAIR MATCH EACH PAIR; SET MATCH PAIRS WITHIN 10 FEET OF EACH OTHER WHEN DOORS ARE CLOSED. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. WOOD LOUVERS: 1. MATERIAL AND FINISH: SAME AS DOOR. 2. LOUVER BLADE: FLUSH LOUVER. B. GLAZING STOPS: WOOD, OF SAME SPECIES AS DOOR FACING, BUTTED CORNERS; PREPARED FOR COUNTERSINK STYLE TAMPER PROOF SCREWS. 2.06 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOOR QUALITY STANDARD SPECIFIED. B. CORES CONSTRUCTED WITH STILES AND RAILS: 1. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKS AT LOCK EDGE FOR HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT. SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS (CONT.) C. FIT i)OOR EDGE TRIM TO EDGE OF STILES AFTER APPLYING VENEER FACING. D. FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE OTHER THAN SURFACE - MOUNTED HARDWARE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS. E. FACTORY FIT DOORS FOR FRAME OPENING DIMENSIONS IDENTIFIED ON SHOP DRAWINGS, WITH EDGE CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. F. PROVIDE EDGE CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED SECTION 1700. 2.07 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS A. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD: 1. TRANSPARENT FINISH: TRANSPARENT CATALYZED POLYURETHANE, PREMIUM QUALITY, LOW LUSTER SHEEN. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SAMPLE. C. SEAL DOOR TOP EDGE WITH COLOR SEALER TO MATCH DOOR FACING. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR FIT AND CLEARANCE TOLERANCES. ., B. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION. C. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION (WARP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, CORNER TO CORNER, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. D. MAXIMUM VERTICAL DISTORTION (BOW): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, TOP TO BOTTOM, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. E. MAXIMUM WIDTH DISTORTION (CUP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, EDGE TO EDGE, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 BY 84 INCHES SURFACE AREA. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. B. ADJUST CLOSURES FOR FULL CLOSURE. SECTION 081433 - STILE AND. RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WOOD DOORS, STILE AND RAIL DESIGN, PANELS OF WOOD, GLASS AND LOUVERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1400, CUSTOM GRADE. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI /AWMAC QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1500. C. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS: 1. EGGERS INDUSTRIES: WWW.EGGERSINDUSTRIES.COM. 2. THE MAIMAN COMPANY: WWW.MAIMAN.COM. 3. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS: WWW.MARSHFIELDDOORS.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOOR TYPES A. INTERIOR DOORS: 1 -3/4 INCHES THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; SOLID LUMBER CONSTRUCTION; MORTISED AND TENONED JOINTS. B. TRANSOM PANELS: TO MATCH DOOR. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. MOLDING: WOOD, OF SAME SPECIES AS DOOR FACING, SHAPE, MITERED CORNERS; PREPARED FOR COUNTERSINK STYLE TAMPER PROOF SCREWS. 2.04 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 FINISH A. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS SECTION 1500: 1. TRANSPARENT FINISH: TRANSPARENT CATALYZED POLYURETHANE, CUSTOM QUALITY, SATIN SHEEN. B. FACTORY FINISH DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SAMPLE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AWI QUALITY STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS. B. TRIM DOOR WIDTH BY CUTTING EQUALLY ON BOTH JAMB EDGES. C. TRIM DOOR HEIGHT BY CUTTING BOTTOM EDGES TO A MAXIMUM OF 3/4 INCH. D. MACHINE CUT FOR HARDWARE. E. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DOORS WITH INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND HARDWARE. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. CONFORM TO AWI REQUIREMENTS FOR FIT, CLEARANCE, AND JOINERY TOLERANCES. B. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION (WARP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, CORNER TO CORNER, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA. C. MAXIMUM VERTICAL DISTORTION (BOW): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, TOP TO BOTTOM, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA. D. MAXIMUM WIDTH DISTORTION (CUP): 1/8 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE OR TAUT STRING, EDGE TO EDGE, OVER AN IMAGINARY 36 X 84 INCH SURFACE AREA. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. B. ADJUST CLOSURES FOR FULL CLOSURE. SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME UNITS, FIRE - RATED, IN WALL, AND CEILING '_ OCATIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCESS DOORS: 1. ACUDOR PRODUCTS INC: WWW.ACUDOR.COM. 2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC: WWW.KARPINC.COM. 3. M;LCOR INC: WWW.MILCORINC.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. ALL UNITS: FACTORY FABRICATED, FULLY ASSEMBLED UNITS WITH CORNER JOINTS WELDED, FILLED, AND GROUND FLUSH; SQUARE AND WITHOUT RACK OR WARP; COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ASSEMBLIES UNITS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN. B. FLOOR UNITS: DESIGN TO SUPPORT LIVE LOAD OF 100 LB /SQ FT WITH DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/180 OF SPAN. C. UNITS IN FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES: FIRE RATING EQUIVALENT TO THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY IN WHICH THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS LISTED AND LABELED BY UL OR ITS (WARNOCK HERSEY) AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. 2. PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION INDICATING APPROVAL OF FIRE RATED DOORS. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTER CI OF A MAY =? q mug lg IT CENTER Drawing No.: G -104 SECTION 08 3100 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS (CONT.) 2.03 WALL AND CEILING UNITS A. DOOR AND FRAME UNITS: FORMED STEEL. 1. FRAMES AND FLANGES: 0.058 INCH STEEL. 2. • DOOR PANELS: 0.070 INCH DOUBLE SHEET WITH INTEGRAL NON - COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FILLER. 3. HARDWARE: A. HINGE: 175 DEGREE STAINLESS STEEL PIANO HINGE WITH REMOVABLE PIN. B. LOCK: CYLINDER LOCK WITH LATCH, TWO KEYS FOR EACH UNIT. 4. GALVANIZED, HOT DIPPED FINISH. 5. PRIME COAT WITH ALKYD PRIMER. 6. FINISH: ONE COAT BAKED ENAMEL, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. SECTION 08 4126 - ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES, ALL -GLASS STOREFRONTS, SWINGING AND BALANCED DOORS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS: 1. KAWNEER- WWW.KAWNEER.COM. 2. EFCO- WWW.EFCO.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. FITTINGS AND HARDWARE: C. BALANCED DOOR HARDWARE: 2.02 ASSEMBLIES A. ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS: FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF FRAMELESS GLASS PANELS FASTENED WITH METAL STRUCTURAL FITTINGS IN CONFIGURATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1. OPERATIONAL LOADS: DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND DOOR OPERATION UNDER NORMAL TRAFFIC WITHOUT DAMAGE, RACKING, SAGGING, OR DEFLECTION. 2. PREPARED FOR ALL SPECIFIED HARDWARE WHETHER SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION OR NOT. 3. FINISHED METAL SURFACES PROTECTED WITH STRIPPABLE FILM. 2.03 FITTINGS A. EXPOSED FITTINGS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, ANODIZED FINISH. B. SWINGING DOOR FITTINGS: CONTINUOUS RAIL AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR. 1. RAIL CROSS - SECTION: 350 - MEDIUM STYLE WITH INSULATED GLASS. 2. RAIL PROFILE: TAPERED. C. BALANCED DOOR FITTINGS: CONTINUOUS RAIL AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF DOOR: 1. RAIL CROSS- SECTION: 350 - MEDIUM STYLE WITH INSULATED GLASS. 2. RAIL PROFILE: TAPERED. 2.04 DOOR HARDWARE A. FINISH OF EXPOSED METALS: MATCH FINISH OF FITTINGS. B. SWINGING DOOR HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER: 1. HINGES, CLOSURES, PUSH /PULLS, LOCKSETS, EXIT DEVICES, WEATHERSTRIPPING, THRESHOLD. C. BALANCED DOOR HARDWARE: PROVIDED BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER: 1. TOP AND BOTTOM ARM ASSEMBLIES, HINGE TUBE, PUSH /PULLS, LOCKSETS, EXIT DEVICES, WEATHERSTRIPPING, THRESHOLD. 2.05 MATERIALS A. GLASS: TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 1036, TYPE 1, QUALITY Q3, FULLY TEMPERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1048, KIND FT, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH CLEAR INSULATING GLASS, CLASS 1 B. ALUMINUM COMPONENTS: CONFORMING TO ASTM B 221 (A ALLOY 6063, TEMPER T5. C. SEALANT: ONE -PART SILICONE SEALANT, CONFORMING TO CLEAR. ?6Ob55 gilEaCOMPL. A APPROVt JUN 12 29" 9 SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL Clf Q� 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES TUIt A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WINDOWS WITH FIXED SASH, OPE TIMASVRAG DIV INFILL PANELS, FACTORY GLAZING, OPERATING HARDWAR , v ,� ECT'"`--- SCREENS. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN AND SIZE WINDOWS TO WITHSTAND THE FOLLOWING LOAD REQUIREMENTS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 330 USING TEST LOADS EQUAL TO THE DESIGN WIND LOADS WITH DURATION OF MAXIMUM LOAD: 1. DESIGN WIND LOADS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASCE 7. 2. MEMBER DEFLECTION: LIMIT MEMBER DEFLECTION TO FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS IN ANY DIRECTION, WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. B. THERMAL RESISTANCE: AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES. C. AIR INFILTRATION: LIMIT AIR INFILTRATION THROUGH ASSEMBLY TO 0.3 CU FT /MIN /SQ FT OF WALL AREA, MEASURED AT A REFERENCE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS ASSEMBLY OF 1.57 PSF AS MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283. D. WATER LEAKAGE: NONE, WHEN MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 331 WITH A TEST PRESSURE DIFFERENCE OF 2.86 LBF /SQ FT. E. AIR AND VAPOR SEAL: MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER AND VAPOR RETARDER THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY. F. SYSTEM INTERNAL DRAINAGE: DRAIN TO THE EXTERIOR BY MEANS OF A WEEP DRAINAGE NETWORK ANY WATER ENTERING JOINTS, CONDENSATION OCCURRING IN GLAZING CHANNEL, OR MIGRATING MOISTURE OCCURRING WITHIN SYSTEM. G. FORCED ENTRY RESISTANCE: CONFORM TO ASTM F 588 REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE LEVEL 10 FOR WINDOW TYPE A. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AAMAAMDMA/CSA 101/1.S.2/A440 DESIGNATION . B. MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN FABRICATION OF RESIDENTIAL ALUMINUM WINDOWS OF TYPES REQUIRED, WITH NOT FEWER THAN 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST FAILURE OF GLASS SEAL ON INSULATING GLASS UNITS, INCLUDING INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF FAILED UNITS. D. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST EXCESSIVE DEGRADATION OF EXTERIOR FINISH. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF UNITS WITH EXCESSIVE FADING, CHALKING, OR FLAKING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KAWNEER: KA: WWW.KAWNEER.COM. 2. EFCO: WWW.EFCO.COM. 3. TRACO: WWW.TRACO.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. ila SI SECTION 08 5113- ALUMINUM WINDOWS (CONT.) 2.02 WINDOWS A. WINDOWS: TUBULAR ALUMINUM SECTIONS, FACTORY FABRICATED, FACTORY FINISHED, THERMALLY BROKEN, VISION INSULATING GLASS, INFILL PANELS, RELATED FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: AAMAIWDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 1-1C40. B. FIXED, NON - OPERABLE TYPE, HORIZONTAL PIVOTING TYPE, INSWINGING HOPPER TYPE, OUTSWINGING CASEMENT TYPE, SLIDING TYPE OR DOUBLE HUNG TYPE AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. FRAMES: 2 INCH WIDE X 4" DEEP PROFILE, OF 1/8 INCH THICK SECTION; THERMALLY BROKEN WITH INTERIOR PORTION OF FRAME INSULATED FROM EXTERIOR PORTION; FLUSH GLASS STOPS OF SNAP -ON TYPE. B. REINFORCED MULLION: PROVIDE PROFILE OF EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH INTEGRAL REINFORCEMENT OF SHAPED STEEL STRUCTURAL SECTION AS REQUIRED. C. SILLS: 1/8 INCH THICK, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM; SLOPED FOR POSITIVE WASH; FIT UNDER SASH LEG TO 1/2 INCH BEYOND WALL FACE; ONE PIECE FULL WIDTH OF OPENING JAMB ANGLES TO TERMINATE SILL END. D. INSULATED INFILL PANEL: ALUMINUM OUTER AND INNER FACE W/ GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE. E. INSECT SCREEN FRAME: ROLLED ALUMINUM FRAME OF RECTANGULAR SECTIONS; FIT WITH ADJUSTABLE HARDWARE; NOMINAL SIZE SIMILAR TO OPERABLE GLAZED UNIT. F. OPERABLE SASH WEATHERSTRIPPING: WOOL PILE; PERMANENTLY RESILIENT, PROFILED TO ACHIEVE EFFECTIVE WEATHER SEAL. G. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL. 2.04 MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), 6063 ALLOY, T6 TEMPER. B. SHEET ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), 5005 ALLOY, H12 OR H14 TEMPER. C. CONCEALED STEEL ITEMS: PROFILED TO SUIT MULLION SECTIONS; GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 123/A 123M. 2.05 HARDWARE A. PROVIDE SASH LOCK, OPERATOR, PROJECTING SASH ARMS, PULLS, BOTTOM ROLLERS, LIMIT STOP AS REQUIRED TO MATCH WINDOW FINISH.. 2.06 FINISHES A. CLASS 1 ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A41 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK. B. CLASS 1 COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 AA- M12C22A42 INTEGRALLY COLORED ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK; MEDIUM BRONZE OR AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE ORGANIC COATING SYSTEM: AAMA 2605 MULTIPLE COAT, THERMALLY CURED POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE SYSTEM; COLOR AS SCHEDULED. D. APPLY 1 COAT OF BITUMINOUS COATING TO CONCEALED ALUMINUM AND STEEL SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WINDOWS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL WINDOW ASSEMBLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. C. INSTALL GLASS AND INFILL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000. D. INSTALL PERIMETER SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM LEVEL OR PLUMB: 1/16 INCHES EVERY 3 FT NON- CUMULATIVE OR 1/8 INCHES PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. TEST INSTALLED WINDOWS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER PENETRATION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1105 USING UNIFORM PRESSURE AND THE SAME PRESSURE DIFFERENCE AS SPECIFIED FOR LABORATORY TESTING. 1. IF ANY WINDOW FAILS, TEST ADDITIONAL WINDOWS AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. REPLACE WINDOWS THAT HAVE FAILED FIELD TESTING AND RETEST UNTIL PERFORMANCE IS SATISFACTORY. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION AND SECURE WEATHERTIGHT CLOSURE. B. WASH SURFACES BY METHOD RECOMMENDED AND ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER; RINSE AND WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. N C. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT BY MODERATE USE OF MINERAL SPIRITS OR OTHER SOLVENT ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER. SECTION 08 5200 - WOOD WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FACTORY FABRICATED UNFINISHED WOOD WINDOWS WITH FIXED SASH, METAL INFILL PANELS, OPERATING HARDWARE, INSECT SCREENS, PERIMETER SEALANT, WOOD TRIM FOR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR FINISHING. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DESIGN AND SIZE WINDOWS TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS AND POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND LOADS ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF WALL CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7 , WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 330, USING TEST LOADS EQUAL TO 1.5 TIMES THE DESIGN WIND LOADS AND 10 SECOND DURATION OF MAXIMUM LOAD. B. DEFLECTION: LIMIT MEMBER DEFLECTION TO FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. C. DESIGN WINDOWS TO ACCOMMODATE, WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS OR DETERIORATION OF SEALS, MOVEMENT BETWEEN WINDOW AND PERIMETER FRAMING AND DEFLECTION OF LINTEL. D. THERMAL RESISTANCE OF ASSEMBLY: AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES E. AIR INFILTRATION: LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE THROUGH ASSEMBLY TO 0.3 CU FT /MIN /SQ FT OF WALL AREA, MEASURED AT A REFERENCE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ACROSS ASSEMBLY OF 1.57 PSF AS MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283. F. WATER LEAKAGE: NONE, WHEN. MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 331. G. AIR AND VAPOR SEAL: MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR AND VAPOR BARRIER THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY, PRIMARILY IN LINE WITH INSIDE PANE OF GLASS AND INNER SHEET OF INFILL PANEL AND HEEL BEAD OF GLAZING COMPOUND. H. FORCED ENTRY RESISTANCE: CONFORM TO ASTM F 588 REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE LEVEL 10. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING RESIDENTIAL WOOD WINDOWS WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY FOR INSULATED GLASS UNITS FROM SEAL FAILURE, INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING, AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. D. WARRANTY: INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR: DEGRADATION OF COLOR FINISH AND DELAMINATION OF CLADDING OR FINISH. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. ANDERSEN CORP: WWW.ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM. 2. PELLA CORP: WWW.PELLA.COM. 3. WEATHER SHIELD MANUFACTURING, INC: WWW.WEATHERSHIELD.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 08 5200 - WOOD WINDOWS (CONT.) 2.02 WINDOW COMPONENTS A. WINDOWS: WOOD FRAME AND SASH, FACTORY FABRICATED AND ASSEMBLED, INSULATED FACTORY GLAZED. 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: AAMANUDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 HC40. 2. EXTERIOR SURFACES: CLAD COLOR AS SELECTED. 3. INTERIOR SURFACES: UNFINISHED, FOR OPAQUE OR TRANSPARENT FINISH SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09 9000. B. FRAMES: AS SELECTED PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS; FLUSH SOLID WOOD GLASS STOPS OF SCREW FASTENED TYPE, SLOPED FOR WASH. C. SIMULATED MUNTIN GRID: FORMED WOOD CONSTRUCTION, OPENINGS, COLOR AS SELECTED. D. STOOLS: 1 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS, METAL CURD WOOD; FIT UNDER SASH TO PROJECT 1/2 INCH BEYOND INTERIOR WALL FACE; ONE PIECE FULL WIDTH OF OPENING. E. INSULATED INFILL PANEL: ALUMINUM OUTER AND INNER FACE WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE. 1. OUTER FACE: ALUMINUM. 2. CORE: GLASS FIBER INSULATION CORE WI rH. 3. INNER FACE: ALUMINUM. F. INSECT SCREEN FRAME: ROLLED ALUMINUM FRAME OF RECTANGULAR SECTIONS; FIT WITH ADJUSTABLE HARDWARE; NOMINAL SIZE SIMILAR TO OPERABLE GLAZED UNIT. G. OPERABLE SASH WEATHERSTRIPPING: WOOL PILE; PERMANENTLY RESILIENT, PROFILED TO EFFECT WEATHER SEAL. H. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL. I. APRONS: ALUMINUM, INTERNALLY REINFORCED, EDGED AND SEALED. J. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ALL RELATED FLASHING S, AND ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 2.03 MATERIALS A. WOOD: CLEAR PINE, CLEAR PRESERVATIVE TREATED USING TREATMENT TYPE SUITABLE FOR TRANSPARENT OR OPAQUE FINISH. B. PLASTIC CLADDING: EXTRUDED PVC, LOW SHEEN SURFACE, FACTORY FIT TO PROFILE OF WOOD MEMBERS. C. METAL CLADDING: FORMED ALUMINUM, FACTORY FINISHED, FACTORY FIT TO PROFILE OF WOOD MEMBERS. D. GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 8000 OF TYPES DESCRIBED BELOW: E. SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005 OF TYPES DESCRIBED BELOW. 2.04 HARDWARE A. HORIZONTAL SLIDING SASH: EXTRUDED PVC INTERFACING TRACKS, LIMIT STOPS IN HEAD AND SILL TRACK. B. DOUBLE HUNG SASH: METAL AND NYLON SPIRAL FRICTION SLIDE CYLINDER, EACH SASH, EACH JAMB. C. SASH LOCK: LEVER HANDLE WITH CAM LOCK. D. POLE HANDLE: LENGTH AS REQUIRED. E. OPERATOR: LEVER ACTION HANDLE FITTED TO PROJECTING SASH ARMS WITH LIMIT STOPS; BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. F. PROJECTING SASH ARMS: CADMIUM PLATED STEEL, FRICTION PIVOT JOINTS WITH NYLON BEARINGS, REMOVABLE PIVOT CLIPS FOR CLEANING. G. PULLS: PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S3 INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE THERMAL ISOLATION WHERE COMPONENTS PENETRATE OR DISRUPT BUILDING INSULATION. PACK FIBROUS INSULATION IN SHIM SPACES AT PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER. C. INSTALL PERIMETER SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 07 9005. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM LEVEL OR PLUMB: 1116 INCHES EVERY 3 FT NON- CUMULATIVE OR 1/8 INCHES PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION AND SECURE WEATHERTIGHT CLOSURE. 3.04 CLEANING A. REMOVE PROTECTIVE MATERIAL FROM FACTORY FINISHED SURFACES. B. WASH SURFACES BY METHOD RECOMMENDED AND ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT AND WINDOW MANUFACTURER; RINSE AND WIPE lURFACES CLEAN. C. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT BY MODERATE USE OF MINERAL SPIRITS OR OTHER SOLVENT ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. HARDWARE FOR WOOD AND HOLLOW STEEL NON AND FIRE DOORS, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED AND CONTROLLED HARDWARE, THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, SEALS, CLOSURES, GASKETS, STOPS AND SILENCERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. STANDARDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS: MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH REFERENCED STANDARD ON SITE, FOR USE BY ARCHITECT AND CONTRACTOR. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN TI IIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. HARDWARE SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN SUPPLYING COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE WITH 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. '1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. PACKAGE HARDWARE ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY; LABEL. AND IDENTIFY EACH PACKAGE WITH DOOR OPENING CODE TO MATCH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 1.04 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE. B. SEQUENCE INSTALLATION TO ENSURE UTILITY CONNECTIONS ARE ACHIEVED IN AN ORDERLY AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. C. COORDINATE KEY BANK'S KEYING REQUIREMENTS DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. 1.05 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS, B. PROVIDE MINIMUM FIVE YEAR WARRANTY FOR DOOR CLOSURES, EXIT DEVICES AND LOCKSETS. 1.06 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPECIAL WRENCHES AND TOOLS APPLICABLE TO EACH DIFFERENT OR SPECIAL HARDWARE COMPONENT. B. PROVIDE MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BY HARDWARE COMPONENT MANUFACTURER. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. PROVIDE TEN EXTRA KEY LOCK CYLINDERS FOR EACH MASTER KEYED GROUP. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SEE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE DRAWING ON A -601 FOR HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS INFORMATION. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE (CONT.) 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. 2. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 101, LIFE SAFETY CODE. 3. FIRE -RATED DOORS: NFPA 80. 4. ALL HARDWARE ON FIRE -RATED DOORS: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. 5. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. FINISHES: IDENTIFIED IN SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 KEYING A. DOOR LOCKS: GRAND MASTER KEYED. 1. KEY TO EXISTING KEYING SYSTEM. B. SUPPLY KEYS IN THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES: 1. PROVIDE THE NUMBER MASTER KEYS,GRAND MASTER KEYS,CONTROL KEYS, KEYS FOR EACH LOCK, AND EXTRA CYLINDER CORES PER KEY BANK REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CCNTROL A. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING WILL BE PERFORMED UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 014000. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017000. B. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017000. B. DO NOT PERMIT ADJACENT WORK TO DAMAGE HARDWARE OR FINISH. 3.04 SCHEDULE - ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GLASS, GAZING COMPOUNDS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL FOR GLAZING INSTALLATION METHODS. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR SEALED GLASS UNITS FROM SEAL FAILURE, INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING, AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. C. PROVIDE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR DELAMINATION OF LAMINATED GLASS AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. 1.04 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE TWO OF EACH GLASS SIZE AND EACH GLASS TYPE, OF INSULATED GLASS UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR GLAZING ASSEMBLIES A. STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA: SELECT TYPE AND THICKNESS TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS AND WIND LOADS ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF GLASS AT DESIGN PRESSURES CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASCE 7. 1. USE THE PROCEDURE SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1300 TO DETERMINE GLASS TYPE AND THICKNESS. 2. LIMIT GLASS DEFLECTION TO 1/200 OR FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS, WHICHEVER IS LESS, WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 3. THICKNESSES LISTED ARE MINIMUM. 2.02 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ACH GLASSNERSALUX: WWW.VERSALUXGLASS.COM. 2. AFG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.AFGGLASS.COM. 3. PILKINGTON BUILDING PRODUCTS NORTH AMERICA: WWW.PILKINGTON.COM. 4. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.PPG.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS: CLEAR, FULLY TEMPERED. 1. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, TRANSPARENT FLAT, CLASS 1 CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT).' C. SAFETY GLASS: CLEAR; FULLY TEMPERED WITH HORIZONTAL TEMPERING. 1. LAMINATED WITH 0.030 INCH THICK PLASTIC INTERLAYER; COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1172 2. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, TRANSPARENT FLAT, CLASS 1 CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT) AND ASTM C 1048. 3. COMPLY WITH 16 CFR 1201 TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY II. 4. WHERE GLAZING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN FIRE -RATED PARTITION, PROVIDE GLAZING THAT IS ALSO FIRE - PROTECTION RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODE. 5. PROVIDE THIS TYPE OF GLAZING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. A. GLAZED LITES IN DOORS EXCEPT FIRE DOORS. B. GLAZED SIDELIGHTS TO DOORS, D. LOW E GLASS: FLOAT TYPE, HEAT STRENGTHENED, CLEAR. 1. COATING ON INNER SURFACE. E. WIRED GLASS: CLEAR, SQUARE PATTERN. 1. STAINLESS STEEL WIRE IN SQUARE MESH PATTERN. 2.03 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CARDINAL GLASS INDUSTRIES: WWW.CARDINALCORP.COM. 2. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORPORATION: WWW.GUARDIAN.COM. 3. VIRACON, APOGEE ENTERPRISES, INC: WWW.VIRACON.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. INSULATED GLASS UNITS: DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS TO ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL. 1. DURABILITY: CERTIFIED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM E 2190. 2. PURGE INTERPANE SPACE WITH DRY HERMETIC AIR. C. EDGE SEAL MATERIAL: COLOR TO MATCH. 2.04 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 2. MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS, INC. (FORMERLY GE SILICONES): WWW.MOMENTIVE.COM. 3. PECORA CORPORATION: WWW.PECORA.COM. 4. BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, INC: WWW.CHEMREX.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. SETTING BLOCKS: NEOPRENE, 80 TO 90 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS, ASTM C 864 OPTION I. LENGTH OF 0.1 INCH FOR EACH SQUARE FOOT OF GLAZING OR MINIMUM 4 INCH X WIDTH OF GLAZING RABBET SPACE MINUS 1/16 INCH X HEIGHT TO SUIT GLAZING METHOD AND PANE WEIGHT AND AREA. B. SPACER SHIMS: NEOPRENE, 50 TO 60 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS, ASTM C 864 OPTION I. MINIMUM 3 'NCH LONG X ONE HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE GLAZING STOP X THICKNESS TO SUIT APPLICATION, SELF ADHESIVE ON ONE FACE. C. GLAZING TAPE: PREFORMED BUTYL COMPOUND WITH INTEGRAL RESILIENT TUBE SPACING DEVICE; 10 TO 15 SHORE A DUROMETER HARDNESS; COILED ON RELEASE PAPER; BLACK COLOR. SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING (CONT.) D. GLAZING GASKETS: RESILIENT SILICONE EXTRUDED SHAPE TO SUIT GLAZING CHANNEL RETAINING SLOT; ASTM C 864 OPTION I; COLOR. E. GLAZING FILM: BLACK, BLACKOUT -X POLYESTER FILM AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. F. GLAZING FILM: WHITE, MT- 200 -X -W VIEW CONTROL FILM AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. G. GLAZING FILM: MIRROR, SRS -220 AS MANUFACTURED BY MADICO (800)225 -1926• INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. INSTALL SEALANTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1193 AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL. B. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES, B. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. C. CLEAN GLASS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK. SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL STUD WALL FRAMING, METAL CHANNEL CEILING FRAMING, SHAFT WALL SYSTEM, FIRE RATED AREA SEPARATION WALLS, ACOUSTIC INSULATION, GYPSUM SHEATHING, CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD, GYPSUM WALL BOARD, GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM BOARD, JOINT TREATMENT AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING, WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 840 AND GA -216. B. INTERIOR PARTITIONS INDICATED AS ACOUSTIC: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 45-49 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. C. SHAFT WALLS AT HVAC SHAFTS: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. AIR PRESSURE WITHIN SHAFT: SUSTAINED LOADS OF 5 LBF /SQ FT WITH MAXIMUM MID -SPAN DEFLECTION OF U240. 2. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 35 -39 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. D. SHAFT WALLS AT ELEVATOR SHAFTS: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. AIR PRESSURE WITHIN SHAFT: INTERMITTENT LOADS OF 5 LBF /SQ FT WITH MAXIMUM MID -SPAN DEFLECTION OF U240, 2. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 35 -39 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 90. E. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 2. FIRE RATED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 3. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL COLUMN FRAMING: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 4. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL BEAM FRAMING: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 5. FIRE RATED SHAFT WALLS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 6. FIRE RATED AREA SEPARATION WALLS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY NO.1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 7. ICC IBC ITEM NUMBERS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ICC IBC FOR THE PARTICULAR ASSEMBLY. 8. UL ASSEMBLY NUMBERS: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION EQUIVALENT TO THAT LISTED FOR THE PARTICULAR ASSEMBLY IN THE CURRENT UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS - METAL FRAMING, CONNECTORS, AND ACCESSORIES: 1. CLARK WESTERN BUILDING SYSTEMS: WWW.CLARKWESTERN.COM. 2. DIETRICH METAL FRAMING: WWW.DIETRICHINDUSTRIES.COM. 3. MARINO -WARE: WWW.MARINOWARE.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. NON - LOADBEARING FRAMING SYSTEM COMPONENTS: ASTM C 645; GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OF SIZE AND PROPERTIES NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR THE SPACING INDICATED, WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF WALL FRAMING OF U240 AT 5 PSF. 1. STUDS: "C" SHAPED WITH FLAT OR FORMED WEBS WITH KNURLED FACES, RUNNERS: U SHAPED, CEILING CHANNELS: C SHAPED, FURRING: HAT SHAPED 7/8" DEEP SECTIONS. C. SHAFT WALL STUDS AND ACCESSORIES: ASTM C 645; GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OF SIZE AND PROPERTIES NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 AND SPECIFIED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. D. CEILING HANGERS: TYPE AND SIZE AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM C 754 FOR SPACING REQUIRED. E. PARTITION HEAD TO STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE MECHANICAL ANCHORAGE DEVICES THAT ACCOMMODATE DEFLECTION USING SLOTTED HOLES, SCREWS AND ANTI- FRICTION BUSHINGS, PREVENTING ROTATION OF STUDS WHILE MAINTAINING STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF PARTITION. 1. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: MAINTAIN LATERAL LOAD RESISTANCE AND VERTICAL MOVEMENT CAPACITY REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE, WHEN EVALUATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISI NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD- FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 2. MATERIAL: ASTM A 653/A 653M STEEL SHEET, SS GRADE 50/340, WITH G60/Z180 HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED COATING. 2.03 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION: WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM. 2. G -P GYPSUM CORPORATION: WWW.GP.COM /GYPSUM. 3. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY: WWW.NATIONALGYPSUM.COM. 4. USG: WWW.USG.COM. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. REGULAR TYPE: A. APPLICATION: USE FOR VERTICAL SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH W/ TAPERED EDGES. 2. FIRE RESISTANT TYPE: COMPLYING WITH TYPE X REQUIREMENTS; UL OR WH RATED. A. AT ASSEMBLIES INDICATED WITH FIRE - RATING: USE TYPE REQUIRED BY INDICATED TESTED ASSEMBLY; IF NO TESTED ASSEMBLY IS INDICATED, USE TYPE X. B. OTHER APPLICATIONS: USE AT ALL VERTICAL SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH W/ TAPERED EDGES. 3. CEILING BOARD: SPECIAL SAG-RESISTANT TYPE. A. APPLICATION: CEILINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED 1/2 THICKNESS W/ TAPERED EDGES. SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (CONT.) 4. ABUSE - RESISTANT TYPE: GYPSUM WALLBOARD ESPECIALLY FORMULATED FOR INCREASED IMPACT RESISTANCE, WITH ENHANCED GYPSUM CORE AND HEAVY DUTY FACE AND BACK PAPER. A. APPLICATION: HIGH - TRAFFIC AREAS INDICATED 1/2 OR 5/8 THICKNESS AS INDICATED WITH REGULAR OR TYPE X CORE AS INDICATED. C. WATER- RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. APPLICATION: VERTICAL SURFACES BEHIND THINSET TILE, EXCEPT IN WET AREAS 5/8" W/ REGULAR OR TYPE X CORE AS INDICATED. D. EXTERIOR GYPSUM SOFFIT BOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. APPLICATION: CEILINGS AND SOFFITS IN PROTECTED EXTERIOR AREAS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. 5/8" THICKNESS REGULAR AND TYPE X, AS INDICATED. E. GYPSUM SHAFTWALL OR COREBOARD: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; TYPE X CORE; SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE; 1 INCH THICK; SQUARE, TONGUE AND GROOVE, OR DOUBLE BEVELED EDGES, ENDS SQUARE CUT. 2.04 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BOARD MATERIALS A. GLASS MAT GYPSUM BOARD: GYPSUM PANELS WITH MOISTURE- RESISTANT CORE AND COATED INORGANIC FIBERGLASS MAT BACK SURFACE DESIGNED TO RESIST GROWTH OF MOLD AND MILDEW, PER ASTM D 3273. 1. PAPER -FACED BOARD: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 1396/C 13 M FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND ASTM 1177 96/ 96 S C /C 1177M FOR SHEATHING; TAPERED LONG EDGES. A. STANDARD TYPE: THICKNESS 5/8 INCH. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: ASTM C 665; PREFORMED GLASS FIBER, FRICTION FIT TYPE, UNFACED. THICKNESS: 4 INCH. B. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: NON- HARDENING, NON- SKINNING, FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD. C. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. D. DEMISING WALL SECURITY MESH: PRODUCT: DRAMEX, WWW.DRAMEX.COM, 3/4" FLATTENED CARBON STEEL MESH SECURELY FASTENED TO DEMISING WALL STEEL STUDS FOR ENTIRE AREA OF WALL FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF OR FLOOR DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FINISH OVER MESH. E. FINISHING ACCESSORIES: ASTM C 1047, GALVANIZED STEEL OR ROLLED ZINC, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. TYPES: AS DETAILED OR REQUIRED FOR FINISHED APPEARANCE. 2. SPECIAL SHAPES: IN ADDITION TO CONVENTIONAL CORNER BEAD AND CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE U -BEAD AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES. F. JOINT MATERIALS: ASTM C 475 AND AS RECOMMENDED BY GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS. 1. TAPE: 2 INCH WIDE, COATED GLASS FIBER TAPE FOR JOINTS AND CORNERS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. READY -MIXED VINYL -BASED JOINT COMPOUND. G. SCREWS: ASTM C 1002; SELF - PIERCING TAPPING TYPE; CADMIUM - PLATED FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. H. SCREWS: ASTM C 954; STEEL DRILL SCREWS FOR APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD TO LOADBEARING STEEL STUDS. I. ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS, AND OTHER METAL SUPPORTS, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION; TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE. J. ADHESIVE FOR ATTACHMENT TO WOOD: ASTM C 557. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SHAFT WALL INSTALLATION A. SHAFT WALL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL STUDS AT SPACING REQUIRED TO MEET PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. SHAFT WALL LINER: CUT PANELS TO ACCURATE DIMENSION AND INSTALL SEQUENTIALLY BETWEEN SPECIAL FRICTION STUDS. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. METAL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 754 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: SPACE FRAMING AND FURRING MEMBERS AS INDICATED. 1. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 2. INSTALL BRACING AS REQUIRED AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS TO RESIST WIND UPLIFT. C. STUDS: SPACE STUDS AS PERMITTED BY STANDARD. 1. EXTEND PARTITION FRAMING TO STRUCTURE WHERE INDICATED AND TO CEILING IN OTHER LOCATIONS. 2. PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT CEILING: ATTACH CEILING RUNNER SECURELY TO CEILING TRACK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT STRUCTURE: ATTACH TOP RUNNER TO STRUCTURE, MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN TOP OF STUDS AND STRUCTURE, AND CONNECT STUDS TO TRACK USING SPECIFIED MECHANICAL DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS; VERIFY FREE MOVEMENT OF TOP OF STUD CONNECTIONS; DO NOT LEAVE STUDS UNATTACHED TO TRACK. D. OPENINGS: REINFORCE OPENINGS AS REQUIRED FOR WEIGHT OF DOORS OR OPERABLE PANELS, USING NOT LESS THAN DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS. E. STANDARD WALL FURRING: INSTALL AT CONCRETE WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD, NOT MORE THAN 4 INCHES FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINES AND ABUTTING WALLS. SECURE IN PLACE ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. F. ACOUSTIC FURRING: INSTALL RESILIENT CHANNELS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER. LOCATE JOINTS OVER FRAMING MEMBERS. G. FURRING FOR FIRE RATINGS: INSTALL AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED AND TO GA -600 REQUIREMENTS. H. BLOCKING: INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF FRAMED OPENINGS, WALL MOUNTED CABINETS, PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET PARTITIONS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, WALL MOUNTED DOOR HARDWARE. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION OF FINISHED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION. SECTION 09 2300 - GYPSUM PLASTERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GYPSUM PLASTER OVER GYPSUM LATH, METAL LATH, AND CONCRETE, GYPSUM LATH. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND GA -600. B. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. FIRE RATED PARTITIONS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 2. FIRE RATED CEILING AND SOFFITS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 3. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL COLUMN FRAMING: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 4. FIRE RATED STRUCTURAL BEAM FRAMING: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 5. FIRE RATED SHAFT WALL REQUIREMENTS: LISTED ASSEMBLY BY UL,1 AND 2 HOUR FIRE RATING. 6. COORDINATE COMPONENTS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES WITH MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR SUPPORT OF PLASTER IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. SECTION 09 2300 - GYPSUM PLASTERING (CONT.) 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY PLASTER WHEN SUBSTRATE OR AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IS UNDER 50 DEGREES F OR OVER 80 DEGREES F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. GYPSUM PLASTER: 1. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY: WWW.NATIONALGYPSUM.COM. 2. USG: WWW.USG.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PLASTER MATERIALS A. GYPSUM NEAT PLASTER: ASTM C 28; FIBER B. READY -MIXED GYPSUM PLASTER: ASTM C 28; MILL -MIXED TYPE, REQUIRING ONLY THE ADDITION OF WATER. FOR APPLICATION TO MONOLITHIC CONCRETE, PROVIDE BONDING TYPE. C. WOOD -FIBER GYPSUM PLASTER: ASTM C 28. D. GYPSUM KEENE'S CEMENT: ASTM C 61/C 61M. E. LIME: ASTM C 206, TYPE S; SPECIAL FINISHING HYDRATED LIME. F. READY -MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: GYPSUM /LIME PUTTY TYPE, ASTM C 28; MIXTURE OF GAUGING PLASTER AND LIME. G. READY -MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: KEENE'S CEMENT /LIME PUTTY TYPE; ASTM C 61/C 61M AND C 206. H. READY -MIXED FINISHING PLASTER: SAND FLOAT TYPE; ASTM C 28 AND C 35; PREPARED MIXTURE OF GYPSUM PLASTER AND SAND. I. WATER: CLEAN, FRESH, POTABLE AND FREE OF MINERAL OR ORGANIC MAT WHICH CAN AFFECT PLASTER. J. BONDING AGENT: ASTM C 631; TYPE RECOMMENDED FOR BONDING PLAST CONCRETE SURFACES. 2.03 METAL LATH AND FURRING A. BEADS, SCREEDS, AND JOINT ACCESSORIES: ZINC OR GALVANIZED STEEL 2.04 GYPSUM LATH AND ACCESSORIES A. GYPSUM LATH: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, STANDARD TYPE. 1. THICKNESS: 3/8 INCH. B. BEADS, SCREEDS, JOINT ACCESSORIES, AND OTHER TRIM: DEPTH GOVE PLASTER THICKNESS, MAXIMUM POSSIBLE LENGTHS. 1. MATERIAL: FORMED GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OR ZINC, EXPANDED METAL FLANGES. C. CORNER MESH: FORMED SHEET STEEL, MINIMUM 0.018 INCH THICK. PERFORATED FLANGES SHAPED TO PERMIT COMPLETE EMBEDDING IN PLASTER, MINIMUM 2 INCH SIZE; GALVANIZED. D. STRIP MESH: EXPANDED METAL LATH, MINIMUM 0.018 INCH THICK, 2 INCH WIDE X 24 INCH LONG; GALVANIZED. E. FASTENERS: SCREWS, NAILS, STAPLES, OR OTHER APPROVED METAL SUPPORTS, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION, TO RIGIDLY SECURE ACCESSORIES IN PLACE. F. ACOUSTIC SEALANT: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 9005. 2.05 PLASTER MIXES A. OVER GYPSUM LATH: TWO -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. OVER OTHER SOLID BASES: TWO -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. OVER METAL LATH: THREE -COAT APPLICATION, READY -MIXED PLASTER, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. READY -MIXED PLASTER MATERIALS: MIX IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLASTERING A. APPLY GYPSUM PLASTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH f.STM C842 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. THICKNESS OF PLASTER INCLUDING FINISH COAT: 1. OVER METAL LATH: 5/8 INCH. 2. OVER GYPSUM LATH: 1/2 INCH. 3. ' DIRECT TO UNIT MASONRY: 5/8 INCH. 4. FINISH COAT APPLIED DIRECT TO CONCRETE: 3/16 INCH, MAXIMUM. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. REV BODE A TO S Jai City SECTION 09 2400- PORTLAND EXTERIOR STUCCO CEMENT PLASTERING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PORTLAND EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER FOR INSTALLATION OVER METAL LATH. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 926. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS A. PREMIXED BASE, SECOND AND FINISH COATS.. B, PREMIXED FINISH COAT: ; COLOR AS SELECTED TO MATCH EXISTING. C. WATER: CLEAN, FRESH, POTABLE AND FREE OF MINERAL OR ORGANIC MATTER WHICH CAN AFFECT PLASTER. D. ADMIXTURE: AIR ENTRAINMENT AND COLOR PIGMENT TO MATCH EXISTING.. E. PLASTER MIX REINFORCEMENT: GLASS FIBERS, CHOPPED TO 1/2 INCH NOMINAL LENGTH, ALKALI RESISTANT.. F. FINISH AGGREGATE:, TO MATCH EXISTING, CHIP SIZE OF 100 PERCENT PASSING 1/8 INCH BUT RETAINED ON 1/16 INCH SCREEN. 2.02 METAL LATH A. METAL LATH AND ACCESSORIES: GALVANIZED. B. BEADS, SCREEDS, AND JOINT ACCESSORIES: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09 2236.23. 2.03 PLASTER MIXES A. OVER METAL LATH: THREE -COAT APPLICATION, MIXED AND PROPORTIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PREMIXED PLASTER MATERIALS: MIX IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. MIX ONLY AS MUCH PLASTER AS CAN BE USED PRIOR TO INITIAL SET. D. MIX MATERIALS DRY, TO UNIFORM COLOR AND CONSISTENCY, BEFORE ADDING WATER. E. PROTECT MIXTURES FROM FREEZING, FROST, CONTAMINATION, AND EXCESSIVE EVAPORATION. RECEIVED PART 3 EXECUTION CITY OF TiMMI.A 3.01 PLASTERING A. APPLY PLASTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 926. MAY 2 2009 B. THREE -COAT APPLICATION OVER METAL LATH: 1. APPLY FIRST COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 3/8 MIT CENTER 2. APPLY SECOND COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 3/8 INCH, 3. APPLY FINISH COAT TO A NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 1/8 INCH. C. MOIST CURE BASE COATS, APPLY SECOND COAT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SET OF FIRST COAT, AFTER CURING DAMPEN PREVIOUS COAT PRIOR TO APPLYING FINISH COAT. D. FINISH TEXTURE: FLOAT TO A CONSISTENT AND SMOOTH FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING, E. AVOID EXCESSIVE WORKING OF SURFACE. DELAY TROWELING AS LONG AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID DRAWING EXCESS FINES TO SURFACE. F. AGGREGATE SURFACING: HAND APPLY TO FULL SURFACE COVERAGE. G. MOIST CURE FINISH COAT FOR MINIMUM PERIOD OF 48 HOURS. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. 1EF CC 1 Dt JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 .. FAX (614) 437 -4304 VED FOR MPLIPNCE 2009 Uial vita DIVISION Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PI D #.3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTER Drawing No.: G -105 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09 3000 - TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TILE FOR FLOOR AND WALL APPLICATIONS, CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD, STONE THRESHOLD, ACCESSORIES AND TRIM. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF TCA HANDBOOK AND ANSI A108 SERIES /A118 SERIES ON SITE. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPES OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING TILE INSTALLATION, WITH MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PROTECT ADHESIVES FROM FREEZING OR OVERFIIEATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL ADHESIVES IN AN UNVENTILATED) ENVIRONMENT. B. MAINTAIN AMBIENT AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE OF 50 DEGREES F DURING INSTALLATION OF MORTAR MATERIALS. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. PROVIDE 10 SQ. FT OF EACH SIZE, COLOR, AND SURFACE FINISH OF TILE SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. MANUFACTURERS: ALL PRODUCTS BY THE SAMEMANUFACTURER. 1. AMERICAN OLEAN: WWW.AMERICANOLEAN.COM. 2. DAL -TILE CORPORATION: WWW.DALTILE.COM. 3. SUMMITVILLE TILES, INC: WWW.SUMMITVIL LE.COM. 4. CROSSVILLE:WWW.CROSSVILLE.COM 5. MANNINGTON: www.MANNINGTON.COM (OR LIZ KUHNER @ 440 - 933 -9225) 6. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVE[) EQUAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE: ANSI A137.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. RESTROOM FLOOR TILE MANUFACTURED EY CROSSVILLE, 2. MOISTURE ABSORPTION 0 TO 0.5 PERCENT, 3 INCH SQUARE X 1/4 INCH UNGLAZED W/ SQUARE EDGE. 3. COLORS: A235 SAHARA DUNE W/ COVE BASE TO MATCH. C. GLAZED WALL TILE: ANSI A137.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. RESTROOM WALL TILE TO 48 " AFF MANUFACTURED BY CROSSVILLE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT PRODUCT. 2. MOISTURE ABSORPTION 3.0 TO 7.0 PERCENT, 3 INCH SQUARE X 1/4 INCH HIGH GLOSS W/ CUSHIONED EDGES. 3. COLORS: A235 SAHARA DUNE W/ WAINSCOT BULL NOSE TRIM TILE TO MATCH WALL. D. UNGLAZED CUSTOMER AREA FLOOR TILE: ANSI M37.1, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. CUSTOMER AREA FLOOR TILE MANUFACTURED BY MANNINGTON OR BANK APPROVED EQUAL. 2. SIZE AND SHAPE: #CRIT2412 "X24" 3. COLORS: CARMEL BEIGE. 4, GROUT: ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED; COLOR PARCHMENT #991, WITH 1/8" GROUT JOINTS. 5. BASE: NO TILE BASE. COORDINATE FOR WOOD WALL BASE. 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES L N .� A. CERAMIC TRIM: RESTROOMS- B U L O E DOUBLE BULLNOSE, COVE BASE, AND COVE CERAMIC SHAPES IN SIZES COORDINATED WITH FIELD TILE. 1. MANUFACTURER: SAME AS FOR TILE. B. NON- CERAMIC TRIM: SATIN NATURAL ANODIZED FaXTRUDED ALUMINUM, STYLE AND DIMENSIONS TO SUIT APPLICATION, FOR SETTING USING TILE MORTAR OR ADHESIVE. 1. APPLICATIONS: USE IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A. OPEN EDGES OF FLOOR TILE, TRANSITION !BETWEEN FLOOR FINISHES OF DIFFERENT HEIGHTS, THRESHOLDS AT DOOR OPENINGS, FLOOR TO WALL JOINTS, BORDERS AND OTHER TRIM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. MANUFACTURER: A. SCHLUTER - SYSTEMS: WWW.SCHLUTER.COM. B. CERAMIC TOOL CO.SEE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. C. JOHNSONITE: SEE FINISH SPECIFICATION ON DRAWINGS. D. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. THRESHOLDS: MARBLE, WHITE, HONED FINISH; 2 INCHES WIDE BY FULL WIDTH OF WALL OR FRAME OPENING; 1/2 INCH THICK THICK; BEVELED ONE LONG EDGE WITH RADIUS CORNERS ON TOP SIDE; WITHOUT HOLES, CRACKS, OR OPEN SEAMS. 1. APPLICATIONS: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: A, AT RESTROOM DOORWAYS WHERE TILE TERMINATES. 2.03 ADHESIVE MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 3. MAPEI CORPORATION: WWW.MAPELCOM. 4, SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ORGANIC ADHESIVE: ANSI A136.1, THINSET BOND TYPE; USE TYPE I IN AREAS SUBJECT TO PROLONGED MOISTURE EXPOSURE. C. EPDXY ADHESIVE: ANSI A118.3,, THINSET BOND TYPE. D. TILE SETTING ADHESIVE: ELASTOMERIC, WATERPROOF, LIQUID APPLIED, . 2.04 MORTAR MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 3. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS: WWW.CUSTOMBUILDINGPRODUCTS.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2,05 GROUT MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. BONSAL: WWW.BONSAL.COM. 2. BOSTIK, INC: WWW.BOSTIK- US.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. STANDARD GROUT: ANY TYPE SPECIFIED IN ANSI'A118.6 ORA118.7. C. . FURAN GROUT: ANSI A118.5, FURAN RESIN TYPE, COLOR AS SELECTED. D. SILICONE RUBBER GROUT: SILICONE SEALANT, MOISTURE AND MILDEW RESISTANT TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. INSTALL TILE AND THRESHOLDS AND GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A108.1 THROUGH A108.13, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND TCA HANDBOOK RECOMMENDATIONS. B. LAY TILE TO PATTERN INDICATED. DO NOT INTERRUPT TILE PATTERN THROUGH OPENINGS. C. CUT AND FIT TILE TO PENETRATIONS THROUGH TILE, LEAVING SEALANT JOINT SPACE. FORM CORNERS AND BASES NEATLY, ALIGN FLOOR JOINTS. D. PLACE TILE JOINTS UNIFORM IN WIDTH, SUBJECT TO VARIANCE IN TOLERANCE ALLOWED IN TILE SIZE. MAKE JOINTS WATERTIGHT; %WITHOUT VOIDS, CRACKS, EXCESS MORTAR, OR EXCESS GROUT. E. FORM INTERNAL ANGLES SQUARE AND EXTERNAL ANGLES BULLNOSED. F. INSTALL NON- CERAMIC TRIM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G. INSTALL THRESHOLDS WHERE INDICATED. H. SOUND TILE AFTER SETTING. REPLACE HOLLOW SOUNDING UNITS. I KEEP EXPANSION JOINTS FREE OF ADHESIVE OR GROUT APPLY SEALANT TO SECTION 09 3000 - TILING (CONT.) J. ALLOW TILE TO SET FOR A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO GROUTING. K. GROUT TILE JOINTS. USE STANDARD GROUT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. L. APPLY SEALANT TO JUNCTION OF TILE AND DISSIMILAR MATERIALS AND JUNCTION OF DISSIMILAR PLANES. 3.03 CLEANING A. CLEAN TILE AND GROUT SURFACES. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE FOR 4 DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION. 3.05 SCHEDULE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATION DRAWING. SECTION 09 5100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SUSPENDED METAL GRID CEILING SYSTEM, ACOUSTICAL UNITS AND INSULATION ABOVE CEILINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FIRE - RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES: COMPLETE ASSEMBLY LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL FOR THE FIRE RESISTANCE INDICATED. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. ACOUSTICAL UNIT MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 20SF OF EACH TYPE OF ACOUSTICAL UNIT FOR KEY BANK'S USE IN MAINTENANCE: OF PROJECT. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.ARMSTRONG.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER KEY BANK FOR APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. ACOUSTICAL UNITS - GENERAL: ASTM E 1264, CLASS A. 1. UNITS FOR INSTALLATION IN FIRE -RATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED FOR THE FIRE - RESISTIVE ASSEMBLY THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS A PART OF. C. ACOUSTICAL TILE (ACT -1): ARMSTRONG DUNE - ITEM #1775. PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 24 INCHES (300 X 300 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCHES. 3. COMPOSITION: WET - FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 6. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 7. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 8. JOINT: BEVELED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE. 10. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: SUPRAFINE 9/16" XL EXPOSED TEE GRID HEAVY DUTY. WHITE. D. ACOUSTICAL TILE (ACT -2): ARMSTRONG DUNE- ITEM #1774 PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 24 INCHES (300 X 300 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCHES. 3. COMPOSITION: WET - FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 6. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 7. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 8. JOINT: ANGLED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE OR FACTORY FINISH E. 'Y OU EFJ5IDA6Y flM JF t! IEILI V88iSE GAfEWV(Hit: PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTM E 1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. SIZE: 24 X 48 INCHES (300 X 600 MM). 2. THICKNESS: 3/4 INCHES. 3. COMPOSITION: WET - FORMED MINERAL FIBER. 4. DENSITY: 0.75 LBS /SF. 5. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.83 PERCENT, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 6. NRC RANGE: 0.50, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 7. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC): 35, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E 1264. 8. JOINT: ANGLED TEGULAR. 9. SURFACE COLOR: WHITE OR FACTORY FINISH 10. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: SUPRAFINE 15/16° EXPOSED TEE GRID. WHITE. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION, SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS, AND CEILING SYSTEM FLATNESS REQUIREMENT SPECIFIED. B. PERIMETER MOLDINGS: SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS GRID. 1.AT EXPOSED GRID: PROVIDE L- SHAPED MOLDING FOR MOUNTING AT SAME ELEVATION AS FACE OF GRID. C. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 2100. 1.THICKNESS: 4 INCH. D. GYPSUM BOARD: FIRE RATED TYPE; 5/8 INCH THICK, ENDS AND EDGES SQUARE, PAPER FACED. E. TOUCH -UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 636/C 636M, ASTM E 580 /E 580M, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS SUPPLEMENTED IN THIS SECTION; B. RIGIDLY SECURE SYSTEM, INCLUDING INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1:360. C. HANG SUSPENSION SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE CARRYING MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE DISPLACEMENT OF FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. D. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE THE NEAREST AFFECTED HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS TO SPAN THE EXTRA DISTANCE. E. SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS USING SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6 INCHES OF EACH CORNER, OR SUPPORT COMPONENTS INDEPENDENTLY. F. PERIMETER MOLDING: INSTALL AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES AND AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. G. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURE BOXES CONSTRUCTED OF GYPSUM BOARD ABOVE LIGHT FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS AND LIGHT FIXTURE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS. 3.02 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. B. CUTTING ACOUSTICAL UNITS: 1. MAKE FIELD CUT EDGES OF SAME PROFILE AS FACTORY EDGES. C. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS ON EACH PANEL TO RETAIN PANELS TIGHT TO GRID SYSTEM; COMPLY WITH FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. D. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS ON PANELS WITHIN 20 FT OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. SECTION 09 5100 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS (CONT.) 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES. SECTION 09 6500 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING, BASE AND STAIR ACCESSORIES. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE IN STORAGE AREA BETWEEN 55 DEGREES F AND 90 DEGREES F. B. STORE MATERIALS FOR NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN AREA OF INSTALLATION AT A TEMPERATURE OF 70 DEGREES F TO ACHIEVE TEMPERATURE STABILITY. THEREAFTER, MAINTAIN CONDITIONS ABOVE 55 DEGREES F. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 20 SQ. FT OF FLOORING, AND 5 PERCENT OF INSTALLED STAIR MATERIALS OF EACH TYPE AND COLOR SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - VCT TILE A. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: HOMOGENEOUS, WITH COLOR EXTENDING THROUGHOUT THICKNESS. 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH ASTM F 1066, OF CLASS CORRESPONDING TO TYPE SPECIFIED. 2. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX (CRF): MINIMUM 0.45 WATT PER SQUARE CENTIMETER, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253. 3. SIZE: 12 X 12, 0.125 INCHES THICK. 4. PATTERN: TYPE V -4, COLOR: 51809 DESERT BEIGE . 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC; PRODUCT IMPERIAL TEXTURE STANDARD EXCELON TILE: WWW.ARMSTRONG.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS - STAIR COVERING A. STAIR TREADS: RUBBER; FULL WIDTH AND DEPTH OF STAIR TREAD IN ONE PIECE; TAPERED THICKNESS; NOSING NOT LESS THAN 1 -5/8 INCH DEEP. 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH FS RR-T-650 REQUIREMENTS CORRESPONDING TO TYPE SPECIFIED. 2. NOMINAL THICKNESS: 0.1875 INCH SQUARE NOSING 3. STYLE: NO.500 RECTANGULAR DESIGN, COLOR: BROWN. 4. MANUFACTURERS: A. RC MUSSON RUBBER CO.; PRODUCT : WWW.MUSSON.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.03 MATERIALS - BASE A. RESILIENT BASE: ASTM F 1861, TYPE TS RUBBER, VULCANIZED THERMOSET; TOP SET STYLE B, COVE, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. HEIGHT: 4 INCH, THICKNESS 0.125 INCHES. 2. COLOR: JOHNSONITE COLOR #DC -22 PEARL SATIN FINISH. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. SUBFLOOR FILLER: WHITE PREMIX LATEX; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY ADHESIVE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. B. PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, AND SEAMING MATERIALS: WATERPROOF; TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 1. PROVIDE ONLY PRODUCTS HAVING LOWER VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT THAN REQUIRED BY THE MORE STRINGENT OF THE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE NO.1168 AND THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51. C. EDGE STRIPS: METAL. 1. PRODUCT: CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM MANUFACTURED BY CERAMIC TOOL CO..CARPET TO STONE TRIM #CTC38CT, 2. PRODUCT: RUBBER, MANUFACTURED BY JOHNSONITE. CARPET TO VCT, TRIM #CTA -XX -D. 3. PRODUCT: ALUMINUM AND RUBBER MANUFACTURED BY CERAMIC TOOL CO. OR JOHNSONITE. CARPET TO STONE. CTC CARPET TRIM #CTC38 WITH JOHNSONITE #CTA -XX -K. COLOR -CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM AND SISAL #130. NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALUMINUM TRIM EDGE FOR MATERIAL TRANSITION. D. FILLER FOR COVED BASE: PLASTIC E. SEALER AND WAX: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 3.02 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGE. B. CLEAN, SEAL, AND WAX RESILIENT FLOORING PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC ON RESILIENT FLOORING FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. 3.04 SCHEDULE: REFER TO ROOM FINNISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CARPET TILE, FULLY ADHERED, REMOVAL OF EXISTING CARPET TILE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING SPECIFIED CARPET TILE WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN INSTALLING CARPET WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE 40 SQ. FT OF TILE CARPET, OF EACH TYPE, COLOR, AND PATTERN SPECIFIED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. BENTLEY PRINCE STREET; PRODUCT NEW DEMOGRAPHIC: WWW.BENTLEYPRINCESTREET.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. CARPET TILE:, MANUFACTURED IN ONE COLOR DYE LOT. 1. PRODUCT: NEW DEMOGRAPHIC MANUFACTURED BY BENTLEY PRINCE STREET. 2. TILE SIZE: 18 X 18 INCH OR PER MANUFACTURERS STANDARD. 3. THICKNESS: PER MANUFACTURER, COLOR: CUSTOM # KR333 WITH KR362. 4. CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: MINIMUM OF 0.22 WATTS /SQ CM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 648 OR NFPA 253. 5. SURFACE FLAMMABILITY IGNITION: PASS ASTM D 2859 (THE "PILL TEST "). 6. VOC CONTENT: PROVIDE CRI GREEN LABEL PLUS CERTIFIED PRODUCT; IN LIEU OF LABELING, INDEPENDENT TEST REPORT SHOWING COMPLIANCE IS ACCEPTABLE. 7. MAX. ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE: 3 KV. AT 20 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SUB -FLOOR FILLER: WHITE PREMIX LATEX; TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. SECTION 09 6813 TILE CARPETING (CONT.) B. EDGE STRIPS: BETWEEN CARPET AND STONE -CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM STRIP- CERAMIC TOOL CO. #CTC38CT, BETWEEN CARPET AND VCT - JOHNSONITE RUBBER STRIP # CTA -XX -D BURNT UMBER 63 COLOR. C. ADHESIVES: ACCEPTABLE TO CARPET MANUFACTURERS, COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS BEING ADHERED; MAXIMUM VOC OF 50 G /L; CRI GREEN LABEL CERTIFIED; IN LIEU OF LABELED PRODUCT, INDEPENDENT TEST REPORT SHOWING COMPLIANCE IS ACCEPTABLE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. REMOVE EXISTING CARPET TILE AND ALL OTHER EXISTING FINISH FLOOR. B. REMOVE SUB -FLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS. FILL MINOR OR LOCAL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES, AND OTHER DEFECTS WITH SUB -FLOOR FILLER. C. APPLY, TROWEL, AND FLOAT FILLER TO ACHIEVE SMOOTH, FLAT, HARD SURFACE. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER IS CURED. D. VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATE. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL CARPET TILE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CRI 104. B. BLEND CARPET FROM DIFFERENT CARTONS TO ENSURE MINIMAL VARIATION IN COLOR MATCH. C. CUT CARPET TILE CLEAN. FIT CARPET TIGHT TO INTERSECTION WITH VERTICAL SURFACES WITHOUT GAPS. D. LAY CARPET TILE IN SQUARE PATTERN, WITH PILE DIRECTION PARALLEL TO NEXT UNIT, SET PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES. E. LOCATE CHANGE OF COLOR OR PATTERN BETWEEN ROOMS UNDER DOOR CENTERLINE. F. FULLY ADHERE CARPET TILE TO SUBSTRATE. G. TRIM CARPET TILE NEATLY AT WALLS AND AROUND INTERRUPTIONS. H. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EDGE STRIPS, CONCEALING EXPOSED EDGES. 3.03 CLEANING A. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WITHOUT DAMAGE, FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES. B. CLEAN AND VACUUM CARPET SURFACES. SECTION 09 7200 - WALL COVERINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE PREPARATION AND PRIME PAINTING. B. WALL COVERING AND BORDERS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE TYPE OF WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY MATERIALS WHEN SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ARE OUTSIDE THE TEMPERATURE RANGES REQUIRED BY THE ADHESIVE OR WALL COVERING PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. B. MAINTAIN THESE CONDITIONS 24 HOURS BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION OF ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY 25 LINEAR FEET OF EACH COLOR AND PATTERN OF WALL COVERING; STORE WHERE DIRECTED. C. PACKAGE AND LABEL EACH ROLL BY MANUFACTURER, COLOR AND PATTERN, AND DESTINATION ROOM NUMBER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. SYMPHONY / SURFACE MATERIALS (REFER TO FINISH SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS). B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL WALL COVERINGS: 1.SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. B. SUBSTRATE FILLER: AS RECOMMENDED BY ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING MANUFACTURERS; COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATE. C. SUBSTRATE PRIMER AND SEALER: ALKYD ENAMEL TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE PRIME PAINTED AND READY TO RECEIVE WORK, AND CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER. B. MEASURE MOISTURE CONTENT OF SURFACES USING AN ELECTRONIC MOISTURE METER. DO NOT APPLY WALL COVERINGS IF MOISTURE CONTENT OF SUBSTRATE EXCEEDS LEVEL RECOMMENDED BY WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER. C. VERIFY FLATNESS TOLERANCE OF SURFACES DOES NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET NOR VARY AT A RATE GREATER THAN 1/16 INCH /FT. 3.02 PREPARATION A. FILL CRACKS IN SUBSTRATE AND SMOOTH IRREGULARITIES WITH FILLER; SAND SMOOTH. B. WASH IMPERVIOUS SURFACES WITH TETRA- SODIUM PHOSPHATE, RINSE AND NEUTRALIZE; WIPE DRY. C. SURFACE APPURTENANCES: REMOVE OR MASK ELECTRICAL PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PREPARING SURFACES OR FINISHING, D. SURFACES: CORRECT DEFECTS AND CLEAN SURFACES THAT AFFECT WORK OF THIS SECTION. REMOVE EXISTING COATINGS THAT EXHIBIT LOOSE SURFACE DEFECTS. E. MARKS: SEAL WITH SHELLAC THOSE THAT MAY BLEED THROUGH SURFACE FINISHES. F. APPLY ONE COAT OF PRIMER SEALER TO SUBSTRATE SURFACES. ALLOW TO DRY. LIGHTLY SAND SMOOTH. G. VACUUM CLEAN SURFACES FREE OF LOOSE PARTICLES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. APPLY ADHESIVE AND WALL COVERING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. C. DO NOT SEAM WITHIN 2 INCHES OF INTERNAL CORNERS OR WITHIN 6 INCHES OF EXTERNAL CORNERS. D. INSTALL WALL COVERING BEFORE INSTALLATION OF BASES AND ITEMS ATTACHED TO OR SPACED SLIGHTLY FROM WALL SURFACE. E. DO NOT INSTALL WALL COVERING MORE THAN 1/4 INCH BELOW TOP OF RESILIENT BASE. F. COVER SPACES ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOWS, ABOVE DOORS, IN PATTERN SEQUENCE FROM ROLL. G. APPLY WALL COVERING TO ELECTRICAL WALL PLATES PRIOR TO REPLACING. H. WALL COVERING IS REQUIRED BEHIND FIN TUBE CABINETS. I. WHERE WALL COVERING TUCKS INTO REVEALS, OR METAL WALLBOARD OR PLASTER STOPS, APPLY WITH CONTACT ADHESIVE WITHIN 6 INCHES OF WALL COVERING TERMINATION, ENSURE FULL CONTACT BOND. J. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WHILE WET FROM SEAM BEFORE PROCEEDING TO NEXT WALL COVERING SHEET. WIPE CLEAN WITH DRY CLOTH. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN WALL COVERINGS OF EXCESS ADHESIVE, DUST, DIRT, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. B. REINSTALL WALL PLATES AND ACCESSORIES REMOVED PRIOR TO WORK OF THIS SECTION SECTION 09 9000 - PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE PREPARATION, FIELD APPLICATION OF PAINTS, STAINS, VARNISHES AND OTHER COATINGS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM YEARS EXPERIENCE AND WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 MOCK -UP A. SEE SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS, FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MOCK -UP. B. PROVIDE PANEL, ENTIRE WALL FULL HEIGHT , ILLUSTRATING SPECIAL COATING COLOR, TEXTURE, AND FINISH. C. MOCK -UP MAY REMAIN AS PART OF THE WORK. 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY ,1 GALLON OF EACH COLOR; STORE WHERE DIRECTED. C. LABEL EACH CONTAINER WITH COLOR IN ADDITION TO THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. INTERIOR PAINTS: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS B. EXTERIOR PAINTS: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS. C. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A. PAINTS AND COATINGS: READY MIXED, EXCEPT FIELD - CATALYZED COATINGS. PREPARE PIGMENTS: 1. TO A SOFT PASTE CONSISTENCY, CAPABLE OF BEING READILY AND UNIFORMLY DISPERSED TO A HOMOGENEOUS COATING, FOR GOOD FLOW AND BRUSHING PROPERTIES AND CAPABLE OF DRYING OR CURING FREE OF STREAKS OR SAGS. B. VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT: 1.PROVIDE COATINGS THAT COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE FOLLOWING: A. 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D- NATIONAL VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND EMISSION STANDARDS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS. B. OZONE TRANSPORT COMMISSION (OTC) MODEL RULE, ARCHITECTURAL, INDUSTRIAL,AND MAINTENANCE COATINGS; WWW.OTCAIR.ORG. C. ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS VOC LIMITS OF STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. D. USGBC LEED RATING SYSTEM FOR INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH (ALL COATS), ANTI- CORROSIVE PAINTS ON INTERIOR FERROUS METAL, CLEAR WOOD STAINS AND FINISHES, SANDING SEALERS, OTHER SEALERS, SHELLAC, AND FLOOR COATINGS. 2, DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT: TESTING AND CALCULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24), EXCLUSIVE OF COLORANTS ADDED TO A TINT BASE AND WATER ADDED AT PROJECT SITE; OR OTHER METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. FLAMMABILITY: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS. 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR (REFER TO SITE AND BUILDING DRAWINGS) A. PAINT - WOOD, OPAQUE, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER SEALER. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL; . B. PAINT - MASONRY /CONCRETE, OPAQUE, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. C. PAINT - GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER, OPAQUE, LATEX, 2 OAT: 1. ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER SEALER. ) }i}I ( te 2. FLAT: ONE COAT OF LATEX. � � a � r �'� c D. PAINT FERROUS METALS, PRIMED, LATEX, 2 COAT: 1. TOUCH -UP WITH RUST - INHIBITIVE PRIMER RECOMMENDED BY TOP COAT MANUFACTURE. 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS LATEX ENAMEL. E. PAINT - GALVANIZED METALS, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT GALVANIZE PRIMER 2. SEMI - GLOSS: TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. F . PAINT - PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT: 1. ONE COAT, WITH REFLECTIVE PARTICLES. G. BRICK STAIN 1. GENERAL A. SUBMITTALS, QUALITY ASSURANCE, PRODUCT DELIVERY, PROJECT CONDITIONS, SCHEDULING AND WARRANTY AS PER PROJECTS GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. SEE DRAWINGS FOR COLOR AND LOCATION. C. PROVIDE 4'X4' MOCK UP PANEL AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. 2. PRODUCT A. MANUFACTURER 1. SHERWIN - WILLIAMS. SUBSTITUTIONS NOT PERMITTED. B. MATERIALS 2. SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX SATIN A89 -100 SERIES. C. EXECUTION 1. SEE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.04 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR (REFER TO FINISH SPECIFICATION DRAWINGS). A. PAINT - GYPSUM BOARD / PLASTER, LATEX, 3 COAT: 1. ONE COAT OF ALKYLYD PRIMER SEALER, 2. SATIN: WALLS - TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. 3. FLAT: CEILINGS - TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL. B. PAINT - WOOD, OIL BASE THREE COATS: 1. ONE COAT PREPRITE CLASSIC PRIMER. 2. TWO COATS GLOSS ALL SURFACE ENAMEL. V6O9 O5S CITY MAY . 0 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. EVIL lE V IEWED F CODE COMPLI1 AP I JLJN 1 2 2009 OF In; JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 8457 n REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 !Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. Date Issue /Revision 05 -05 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 1 BID 04 -09 -09 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed Fay: Drawn By: PDX KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT CENTER Drawing No.: G -106 JOINTS. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE RATINGS HP VOLTAGE (SINGLE PHASE) DU;M. ELEMENT FU DEIAY E INVERSE TIME BREAKER 3/4 HP. 115V 20A 30A 1 HP. 115V , 30A 30A 1 1/2 HP. 115V 30A 30A 3/4 HP. 230V 12 T014 A 20A 1 1/2 HP. 230V 12 TO 14 A 20A 3 HP. 230V 15A 20A SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 2113.13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS, URINAL AND VESTIBULE SCREENS. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH PLACEMENT OF SUPPORT FRAMING AND ANCHORS IN WALL. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS: 1. GENERAL PARTITIONS MFG. CORP: WWW.GENERALPARTITIONS.COM. 2. GLOBAL STEEL PRODUCTS CORP: WWW.GLOBALPARTITIONS.COM. 3. SANYMETAL: WWW.SANYMETAL.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 MATERIALS A. STEEL SHEET: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90/Z275 COATING. B. STEEL SHEET FOR PORCELAIN ENAMELING: ASTM A 424, TYPE I, COMMERCIAL STEEL. C. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. TOILET COMPARTMENTS: BAKED ENAMELED STEEL, CEILING -HUNG. B. DOORS, PANELS, AND PILASTERS: SHEET STEEL FACES, PRESSURE BONDED TO SOUND DEADENING CORE, FORMED AND CLOSED EDGES, MITERED AND WELDED CORNERS GROUND SMOOTH. 1. PANEL AND PILASTER FACES: 20 GAGE, DOOR FACES: 22 GAGE. 2. REINFORCEMENT: 12 GAGE. 3. INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE IN AREAS OF ATTACHED HARDWARE AND FITTINGS. MARK LOCATIONS OF REINFORCEMENT FOR PARTITION MOUNTED WASHROOM ACCESSORIES. C. DOOR AND PANEL DIMENSIONS: 1. THICKNESS: 1 INCH. 2. DOOR WIDTH: 24 INCH. 3. DOOR WIDTH FOR HANDICAPPED USE: 36 INCH, OUT- SWINGING. 4. HEIGHT: 58 INCH. D. PILASTERS: 1 -1/4 INCH THICK, OF SIZES REQUIRED TO SUIT COMPARTMENT WIDTH AND SPACING. E. URINAL SCREENS: WALL MOUNTED WITH TWO PANEL BRACKETS, AND FLOOR -TO- CEILING VERTICAL UPRIGHT CONSISTING OF PILASTER ANCHORED TO FLOOR AND CEILING. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. PILASTER SHOES: FORMED CHROMED STEEL WITH POLISHED FINISH, 3 INCH HIGH, CONCEALING FLOOR FASTENINGS. 1. PROVIDE ADJUSTMENT FOR FLOOR VARIATIONS WITH SCREW JACK THROUGH STEEL SADDLES INTEGRAL WITH PILASTER. 2. PROVIDE CEILING ATTACHMENT USING TWO ADJUSTABLE HANGING STUDS, ATTACHED TO ABOVE- CEILING FRAMING. B. BRACKETS: POLISHED CHROME- PLATED NON- FERROUS CAST METAL. C. ATTACHMENTS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: STAINLESS STEEL, TAMPER PROOF TYPE. 1. FOR ATTACHING PANELS AND PILASTERS TO BRACKETS: THROUGH -BOLTS AND NUTS; TAMPER PROOF. D. HARDWARE: POLISHED CHROME PLATED NON- FERROUS CAST METAL: 1. PIVOT HINGES, GRAVITY TYPE, ADJUSTABLE FOR DOOR CLOSE POSITIONING; TWO PER DOOR. 2. NYLON BEARINGS. 3. THUMB TURN DOOR LATCH WITH EXTERIOR EMERGENCY ACCESS FEATURE. 4. DOOR STRIKE AND KEEPER WITH RUBBER BUMPER; MOUNTED ON PILASTER IN ALIGNMENT WITH DOOR LATCH. 5. COAT HOOK WITH RUBBER BUMPER; ONE PER COMPARTMENT, MOUNTED ON DOOR. 6. PROVIDE DOOR PULL FOR OUT SWINGING DOORS. 2,05 FINISHING A. BAKED ENAMEL STEEL COMPARTMENTS: CLEAN, DEGREASE, AND NEUTRALIZE. FOLLOW IMMEDIATELY WITH A PHOSPHATIZING TREATMENT, PRIME COAT AND TWO FINISH COATS BAKED ENAMEL. B. COLORS: TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARDS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY CORRECT SPACING OF AND BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES. C. VERIFY CORRECT LOCATION OF BUILT -IN FRAMING, ANCHORAGE, AND BRACING. 3.02 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: 1/4 INCH. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/8 INCH. 3,03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST AND ALIGN HARDWARE TO UNIFORM CLEARANCE AT VERTICAL EDGE OF DOORS, NOT EXCEEDING 3/16 INCH. B. ADJUST HINGES TO POSITION DOORS IN PARTIAL OPENING POSITION WHEN UNLATCHED. RETURN OUT SWINGING DOORS TO CLOSED POSITION. C. ADJUST ADJACENT COMPONENTS FOR CONSISTENCY OF LINE OR PLANE. SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ACCESSORIES FOR TOILET ROOMS AND GRAB BARS. 1.02 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE PLACEMENT OF INTERNAL WALL REINFORCEMENT, CONCEALED CEILING SUPPORTS, AND REINFORCEMENT OF TOILET PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. PRODUCTS LISTED ARE MADE BY BOBRICK. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. BOBRICK: BOBRICK.COM. 2. AMERICAN SPECIALTIES, INC: WWW.AMERICANSPECIALTIES.COM. 3. BRADLEY CORPORATION: WWW.BRADLEYCORP.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: PER KEY BANK APPROVAL AND SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL ITEMS OF EACH TYPE TO BE MADE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2.02 MATERIALS A. ACCESSORIES - GENERAL: SHOP ASSEMBLED, FREE OF DENTS AND SCRATCHES AND PACKAGED COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS, STEEL ANCHOR PLATES, ADAPTERS, AND ANCHOR COMPONENTS FOR INSTALLATION. 1. GRIND WELDED JOINTS SMOOTH. 2. FABRICATE UNITS MADE OF METAL SHEET OF SEAMLESS SHEETS, WITH FLAT SURFACES. B. KEYS: PROVIDE KEYS FOR EACH ACCESSORY TO KEY BANK; MASTER KEY ALL LOCKABLE ACCESSORIES. C. STAINLESS STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 666, TYPE 304. D. STAINLESS STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 269, TYPE 304 OR 316. E. GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH G90/Z275 COATING. F. MIRROR GLASS: FLOAT GLASS, ASTM C 1036 TYPE I, CLASS 1, QUALITY Q2, WITH SILVERING, COPPER COATING, AND SUITABLE PROTECTIVE ORGANIC COATING TO COPPER BACKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSA CID A -A -3002. G. ADHESIVE: TWO COMPONENT EPDXY TYPE, WATERPROOF. H. FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS: HOT DIP GALVANIZED, TAMPER - PROOF, SECURITY TYPE. I. EXPANSION SHIELDS: FIBER, LEAD, OR RUBBER AS RECOMMENDED BY ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER FOR COMPONENT AND SUBSTRATE. J. PRIMER:. SECTION 10 2800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES (CONT.) 2.03 FINISHES A. STAINLESS STEEL: NO. 4 SATIN BRUSHED FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. CHROME/NICKEL PLATING: ASTM B 456, SC 2, SATIN FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. SEE TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE IN DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL PLUMB AND LEVEL, SECURELY AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED TO SUBSTRATE. C. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS: AS REQUIRED BY ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES - PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. B. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. C. ACCESSORIES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 - STANDARD FOR PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2007. B. UL (FPED) - FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES: 1. JL INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.JLINDUSTRIES.COM. 2. LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO: WWW.LARSENSMFG.COM. 3. POTTER - ROEMER: WWW.POTTERROEMER.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - GENERAL: COMPLY WITH PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 10 AND APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 1. PROVIDE EXTINGUISHERS LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. DRY CHEMICAL TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: STAINLESS STEEL TANK, WITH PRESSURE GAGE. 1. CLASS B:C. 2. SIZE 10. C. CARBON DIOXIDE TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: STAINLESS STEEL TANK, WITH PRESSURE GAGE. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. METAL: FORMED PRIMED STEEL SHEET; 0.036 INCH THICK BASE METAL. B. DOOR: 0.036 INCH THICK, REINFORCED FOR FLATNESS AND RIGIDITY; LATCH. HINGE DOORS FOR 180 DEGREE OPENING WITH TWO BUTT HINGE, PROVIDE NYLON CATCH. C. DOOR GLAZING: GLASS, CLEAR, 1/8 INCH THICK FLOAT. SET IN RESILIENT CHANNEL GASKET GLAZING. D. CABINET MOUNTING HARDWARE: APPROPRIATE TO CABINET. PRE -DRILL FOR ANCHORS. E. WELD, FILL, AND GRIND COMPONENTS SMOOTH. F. FINISH OF CABINET EXTERIOR TRIM AND DOOR: PRIMED FOR FIELD PAINT FINISH. G. FINISH OF CABINET INTERIOR: WHITE ENAMEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL CABINETS PLUMB AND LEVEL IN WALL OPENINGS, FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO INSIDE BOTTOM OF CABINET PER BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. POSITION CABINET SIGNAGE AT AS REQUIRED BY CODES. 3.02 SCHEDULES: REFER TO FLOOR PLAN DRAWING FOR LOCATIONS. SECTION 10 7500 - FLAGPOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALUMINUM FLAGPOLES. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FLAGPOLES: 1. UNITED STATES FLAG STORE: WWW.UNITED- STATES- FLAG.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER KEY BANK APPROVAL. 2.02 FLAGPOLES A. FLAGPOLE: SILVER ALUMINUM WITH BASE. 1. HEIGHT: 7 FEET. 2. DESIGN: SILVER EAGLE POLE TOP. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SILVER EAGLE TOP: CAST ALUMINUM; NON- REVOLVING, B. FLAG: INDOOR AMERICAN FLAG DESIGN, 3 X 5 FEET IN SIZE, NO TASSELS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FLAGPOLE, BASE ASSEMBLY, AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.02 SCHEDULES- REFER TO FURNITURE PLAN FOR LOCATION. SECTION 113100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. KITCHEN APPLIANCES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. UL (EAUED) - ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE AND UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. SECTION 113100 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES B. ELECTRIC APPLIANCES: LISTED AND LABELED BY UL AND COMPLYING WITH NEMA STANDARDS. 1.04 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE FIVE (5) YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY ON REFRIGERATION SYSTEM OF REFRIGERATORS. C. PROVIDE TEN (10) YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY ON MAGNETRON TUBE OF MICROWAVE OVENS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 KITCHEN APPLIANCES (SEARS) A. REFRIGERATOR: FREE- STANDING, SIDE -BY -SIDE, FROST -FREE. 1. CAPACITY: 46- 95872- 6 CUBIC FT; COMPACT UNIT 46- 62042 -10 CUBIC FT 46. 60532 -15 CUBIC FT 46- 60732 -17 CUBIC FT 46- 60892 -18 CUBIC FT 46- 67172- 21 CUBIC FT (STANDARD) 2. ENERGY USAGE: ENERGY STAR RATED 3. FEATURES: INCLUDE GLASS SHELVES AND LIGHT IN FREEZER COMPARTMENT AND WATER DISPENSER. 4. FINISH: PORCELAIN ENAMELED STEEL, COLOR WHITE. 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. KENMORE: WWW.KENMORE.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. B. MICROWAVE: COUNTERTOP. 1. CAPACITY: 20- 63252 -1.2 CUBIC FT 20- 66312 -1.6 CUBIC FT 2. POWER: 1200 WATTS. 3. FEATURES: INCLUDE TURNTABLE AND 2 -SPEED EXHAUST FAN. 4. FINISH: COLOR: WHITE. 5. MANUFACTURERS: A. KENMORE : #20 -66321 WWW.KENMORE.COM. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING EQUIPMENT TO EFFICIENT OPERATION. 3.03 CLEANING A. REMOVE PACKING MATERIALS FROM EQUIPMENT. B. WASH AND CLEAN EQUIPMENT. SECTION 12 2113 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. HORIZONTAL SLAT LOUVER BLINDS AND OPERATING HARDWARE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.03 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. PROVIDE TEN ADDITIONAL SLATS. C. PROVIDE TWO ADDITIONAL COMPLETE BLIND ASSEMBLIES OF EACH SIZE. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS WITH ALUMINUM SLATS: 1. BALI: WWW.BALIBLINDS.COM 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED OR PER OWNER APPROVAL. 2.02 BLINDS AND BLIND COMPONENTS A. HEADRAIL SHALL BE 1" HIGH BY 1 1/2" WIDE X .025" THICK U- SHAPED STEEL. THE STEEL FINISHING PROCESS INCLUDES PHOSPHATE TREATMENT FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE, A CHROME -FREE SEALER, A LOW HAP URETHANE PRIMER AND A TOPCOAT WITH LOW HAP POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL. B. TILTER SHALL BE MADE OF INJECTION - MOLDED THERMOPLASTICS FOR SMOOTH LOW - FRICTION OPERATION AND WILL INCORPORATE A CLUTCH MECHANISM TO PREVENT DAMAGE DUE TO OVER TILTING, C. CORD LOCK SHALL BE METAL OF A SNAP -IN DESIGN INCORPORATING A FLOATING, SHAFT -TYPE LOCKING PIN AND SHALL INCORPORATE A CRASH PROOF SAFETY FEATURE THAT WILL LOCK THE BLIND AUTOMATICALLY UPON RELEASE OF CORD. D. BRAIDED LADDER SHALL BE MADE OF 100% HIGH TENACITY POLYESTER INCORPORATING TWO EXTRA STRENGTH RUNGS PER LADDER TO SUPPORT SLATS. 21.5MM (14.17 SLATS PER FOOT) STANDARD E. SLATS SHALL BE 5000 SERIES COLD- ROLLED ALUMINUM CONTAINING THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE RECYCLED CONTENT TO PRODUCE A HIGH STRENGTH AND CORROSION RESISTANT FLEXIBLE PRODUCT. SLATS SHALL BE NOMINALLY 1" WIDE X .006" THICK AND TREATED WITH ADVANCED FINISHING TECHNOLOGY (AFT), PROVIDING A SMOOTH, HARD, LESS POROUS SURFACE. AFT DELIVERS ANTI - STATIC PERFORMANCE TO REPEL DUST AND ANTI - MICROBIAL QUALITIES TO RESIST FUNGAL AND BACTERIAL GROWTH. SLATS SHALL BE TREATED WITH A CHROME -FREE SEALER AND A TOPCOAT OF LOW HAP POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL. SOLID .006" THICK (STANDARD). F. BOTTOMRAIL SHALL BE COMPLETELY ENCLOSED TUBULAR SHAPE MADE OF PHOSPHATE TREATED STEEL, FINISHED WITH A POLYESTER BAKED ENAMEL PAINT FINISH AND SHALL MEASURE .025" THICK. 2.01 FABRICATION A. BLINDS SHALL BE FABRICATED ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCURATE TO TOLERANCE ESTABLISHED BY SWF ENGINEERING STANDARDS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01INSPECTION A. INSTALLER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSPECTION OF JOBSITE, APPROVAL OF MOUNTING SURFACES, VERIFICATION OF FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL COMMENCE WHEN SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE MET. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL BLINDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING RECOMMENDED SUPPORT BRACKETS AND FASTENERS. B. INSTALL BLINDS WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE TO PERMIT SMOOTH OPERATION OF THE BLINDS. DEMONSTRATE BLINDS TO BE IN SMOOTH, UNIFORM WORKING ORDER. 3.03 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING MAINTAIN AND CLEAN BLINDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 3.02 SCHEDULE: REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. SECTION 12 4813 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CARPET MAT AND RECESSED FRAME. 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. FLOOR MATS: (WALK -OFF MATS IN VESTIBULE AREAS) 1. BENTLEY PRICE STREET: WWW.BENTLEYPRICESTREET.COM. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. 2.02 MATERIALS A. CARPET MAT: CUT NYLON PILE PERMANENTLY BONDED TO VINYL BACKING; WITH BROWN MATCHING VINYL BORDER ON ALL EDGES; COLOR AS SELECTED. B. STYLE AND COLOR: DECO TUFT- CHOCOLATE() GAGE INCH BEVELED. C. RECESSED FRAME: THICK ZINC EXPOSED TOP STRIP, ZINC COATED STEEL CONCEALED BOTTOM STRIP, DEEP, WITH ANCHORING FEATURES. SECTION 12 4813 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 2.03 FABRICATION A. CONSTRUCT RECESSED MAT FRAMES SQUARE, TIGHT JOINTS AT CORNERS, RIGID. COAT SURFACES WITH PROTECTIVE COATING WHERE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. B. FABRICATE MATS IN SINGLE UNIT SIZES; FABRICATE MULTIPLE MATS WHERE INDICATED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL MAT FRAMES TO ACHIEVE FLUSH PLANE WITH FINISHED FLOOR SURFACE. B. INSTALL MATS IN FLOOR RECESS FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR AFTER CLEANING OF FINISH FLOORING. 3.02 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM GAP FORMED AT RECESSED FRAME FROM MAT SIZE: 1/4 INCH. SECTION 14 4200 - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT. B. OBTAIN ALL INFORMATION AFFECTING WORK AT JOB SITE. INCLUDE VERIFICATION OF FIELD, DIMENSIONS, ANCHORING AND STORAGE. VERIFY VOLTAGES AND OUTLETS ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. THE LIFT SHALL BE DESIGNED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC/A117.1, NEC AND ASME A18.1 GUIDELINES, B. ALL DESIGNS, CLEARANCES, CONSTRUCTION, WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AND CODE ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THE PLATFORM LIFT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO LOCAL, CITY AND STATE APPROVAL PRIOR TO AND FOLLOWING INSTALLATION 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. THE PRODUCT DESCRIBED HEREIN MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL WHEEL -O- VATOR, IS A VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT CONSISTING OF A MACHINE TOWER WITH LIFTING PLATFORM. SYSTEM IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED BY WHEELCHAIR LIFT VENDOR WITHIN A SHAFT CONSTRUCTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS DESCRIBED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. B. PERFORMANCE 1. RATED LOAD: 750 POUND CAPACITY 2. TRAVEL SPEED: 9 FPM 3. LIFTING HEIGHT: 12' -0" (TO BE FIELD VERIFIED) 4. PLATFORM SIZE: 37" X 51 ", WITH NON -SKID SURFACE 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT DRAWINGS OR MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE FOR APPROVAL. DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW DIMENSIONAL AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: COMPANY WITH NOT LESS THAN TWENTY (20) YEARS OF EXPERIENCE IN THE DESIGN AND FABRICATION OF VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS. B. TECHNICAL SERVICES: MANUFACTURER AND AUTHORIZED DEALER SHALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTS, ENGINEERS AND CONTRACTORS TO ADAPT THE PLATFORM LIFT PRODUCT TO THE DESIGN AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING, SITE, AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 1.06 WARRANTY A. UNIT SHALL HAVE A FOUR (4) YEAR LIMITED PARTS WARRANTY ON THE BASIC UNIT, INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL AND DRIVE SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 1.07 MAINTENANCE A. MAINTENANCE OF THE PLATFORM LIFT UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF REGULAR CLEANING OF THE UNIT AND REGULAR INSPECTION AT INTERVALS NOT LONGER THAN EVERY 6 MONTHS. RULE 10.2.1 OF ASME A18.1 REQUIRES ALL VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS BE INSPECTED EVERY SIX (6) MONTHS. PART 2 - PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. NATIONAL WHEEL -O- VATOR, A DIVISION OF THYSSENKRUPP ACCESS, MODEL BC AS DISTRIBUTED BY: AMERICAN ELEVATOR CORP. PO BOX 47117, SEATTLE, WA, 98146 PHONE: 206 - 623 -2400, WWW.AMERICANELEVATOR.COM B. NO SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE CONSIDERED UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL HAS BEEN SUBMITTED AND RECEIVED BY THE ARCHITECT AT LEAST TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. C. EACH SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS INCLUDING DRAWINGS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA, A LIST OF PROJECTS SIMILAR IN SCOPE, PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING INSTALLATION, DESIGN DIFFERENCES AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR EVALUATION. 2.02 FABRICATION A. PLATFORM SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 12 -GAUGE MINIMUM ZINC CLAD STEEL. A STATIONARY RAMP SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT EXTENDS UNDER THE LOWER LANDING GATE /DOOR AS SHOWN IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. B. PLATFORM SIDE PANELS MUST BE 42" HIGH. SIDE PANEL FRAMEWORK SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" X 1 %" STEEL OR ALUMINUM. SOLID INFILL PANELS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18 -GAUGE ZINC CLAD STEEL. C. THE MAINFRAME SUPPORT TUBING SHALL BE A COMBINATION OF SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR STEEL TUBING WITH A MINIMUM .120 INCH WALL THICKNESS. D. CARRIAGE PLATFORM SUPPORTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1 "X 2" STEEL FLAT BAR AND CARRIAGE UPRIGHTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF'/" THICK STEEL FLAT BAR. CAM ROLLERS SHALL BE USED FOR AXIAL CARRIAGE GUIDANCE AND CAM- FOLLOWERS WITH WEAR PADS SHALL BE USED FOR HORIZONTAL STABILITY. E. LOADED FASTENERS SHALL BE GRADE FIVE OR HIGHER. LOCKING FASTENERS SHALL BE USED IN ALL CRITICAL LOCATIONS. F. THE MACHINE TOWER STRUCTURAL SIDE PLATES SHALL BE OF 12 -GAUGE STEEL AND FRONT AND BACK COVERS SHALL BE 18 -GAUGE ZINC CLAD STEEL MINIMUM. G. THE DRIVE MECHANISM SHALL BE A ROTATING NUT ON A STATIONARY 1 %" DIAMETER ACME SCREW WITH A SECONDARY SAFETY NUT. H. THE OPERATING CONTROL CIRCUIT SHALL BE 24 VOLTS, I. FINISH SHALL BE ELECTRO STATICALLY APPLIED POWDER COATING, OVEN BAKED TO CURE. J. AN UPPER FINAL LIMIT SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED. K. COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. L. A CONSTANT PRESSURE UP /DOWN CONTROL SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH LANDING LEVEL AND ON THE PLATFORM. M. THE PLATFORM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN OBSTRUCTION PANEL THAT WILL STOP THE DOWNWARD TRAVEL IF AN OBSTRUCTION IS ENCOUNTERED, N. AN EMERGENCY STOP / ILLUMINATED ALARM SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE CAR AS A MEANS OF SIGNALING FOR ASSISTANCE IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY. 0. A GRAB RAIL SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE PLATFORM. P. THE MAIN LIFT NUT WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CONTINUOUS LUBE SYSTEM TO DISTRIBUTE LUBRICATION BETWEEN MAIN LIFT NUT AND THE ACME SCREW. Q. UNIT TO BE EQUIPPED WITH THE "SIMPLEX" BASE AND CARRIAGE DESIGN, WHICH ALLOWS THE CARRIAGE TO BE FOLDED TO REDUCE THE SHROUD AND CARRIAGE WIDTH TO 19 ", FOR EASE OF INSTALLATION, WITHOUT REMOVAL OF ANY CARRIAGE ATTACHING BOLTS. R. UNIT MUST BE ASSEMBLED AND TESTED IN FACTORY BEFORE SHIPMENT. SECTION 14 4200 - VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFTS (CONTINUED) 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. A CDP -3000 - FLUSH MOUNTED, 84 INCHES HIGH, SOUD CORE OAK LAMINATED DOOR AND (OAK) FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE LOWER LANDING. DOOR INCLUDES WIRE MESH VISION PANEL WITH DELAY ACTON DOOR CLOSURE, DEAD LATCH, DUMMY TRIM DOOR HANDLE, LOCK PLATE COVER AND ELECTRIC STRIKE. B. A CDP -4000 - FLUSH MOUNTED, 42 INCHES HIGH, SOLID CORE OAK LAMINATED GATE AND (OAK) FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE UPPER LANDING. GATE INCLUDES SPRING HINGES, DEAD LATCH, DUMMY TRIM GATE HANDLE, LOCK PLATE COVER AND ELECTRIC STRIKE. C. PLATFORM CONFIGURATION; ENTER EXIT SAME SIDE. POWER OPERATORS ARE REQUIRED BY A117.1. D. AN OPTIONAL HAND CRANK MUST BE PROVIDED AS A MEANS OF MANUALLY RAISING & LOWERING THE PLATFORM. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: A COMPANY THAT IS LISTED AS AN AUTHORIZED NATIONAL WHEEL-O-VATOR DEALER. B. ELECTRICAL DEVICES, SERVICES AND FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BY A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ICC /A117.1, NEC AND ASME A18.1 GUIDELINES. B. A DEDICATED ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT WITH A LOCKABLE SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH RATED PER TABLE 1 SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT JOB SITE. (DEPENDING ON LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES, A G.F.I. DEVICE MAY BE REQUIRED.) PLEASE CONFER WITH LIFT CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE APPROPRIATE MOTOR FOR SPECIFIED APPLICATIONS. C. COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. D. PROVIDE STANDARD ELECTRICAL CONNECTION DRAWINGS TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. E. THE INSTALLATION OF THE VERTICAL PLATFORM LIFT SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. LOAD THE VERTICAL LIFT TO RATED CAPACITY AND TEST FOR SEVERAL CYCLES TO INSURE PROPER OPERA NO MECHANICAL FAILURES SHALL OCCUR AND NO WEAR THAT WOULD AFFECT THE RELIABILITY OF THE UNIT SHALL BE DETECTED. CODE COMPLIANCE JUN 12 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY MAY, 2.9 2009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER:. NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 REGISTERED ARCHITECT EDWARD HANBICKI STATE OF WASHINGTON 8457 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS ECEIVEP JUN 0 5 2009 PERMIT GENIE Drawing No.: G -107 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 21 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE, FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL SYSTEM AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS: CONFORM WORK TO NFPA 13. 2.02 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53 SCHEDULE 40, BLACK. 1. MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS: ASME B16.3, THREADED FITTINGS. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1 -1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. B. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS. 2.04 DRAIN VALVES A. BALL VALVE: 1. BRASS WITH CAP AND CHAIN, 3/4 INCH HOSE THREAD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3,01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND SERVICE MAIN PIPING, HANGERS, AND SUPPORTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, PLUMB AND PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. MAINTAIN GRADIENT. C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE, TO NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE AND OTHER WORK. D. SLEEVE PIPES PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS, AND FLOORS. E. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. F. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. 2. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 3. USE HANGERS WITH 1 -1/2 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. G. SLOPE PIPING AND ARRANGE SYSTEMS TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCERS TO MAINTAIN TOP OF PIPE LEVEL. H. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINTS OF PIPING. SECTION 21 1300 - FIRE - SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. B. SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION, AND CERTIFICATION. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 13 - STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2007. B. UL (FPED) - FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA ON SPRINKLERS, VALVES, AND SPECIALTIES, INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS CATALOG INFORMATION. SUBMIT PERFORMANCE RATINGS, ROUGH -IN DETAILS, WEIGHTS, SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS, AND PIPING CONNECTIONS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. INDICATE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, DETAILED PIPE LAYOUT, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, SPRINKLERS, COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES. INDICATE SYSTEM CONTROLS. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. SUBMIT PROOF OF APPROVAL TO ARCHITECT. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CONFORM TO UL REQUIREMENTS. B. DESIGN SYSTEM UNDER DIRECT SUPERVISION OF A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER EXPERIENCED IN DESIGN OF THIS TYPE OF WORK AND LICENSED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 A. B. C. MANUFACTURERS VIKING RELIABLE GEM 2.02 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. B. C. SPRINKLER SYSTEM: PROVIDE COVERAGE FOR BUILDING AREAS NOTED, OCCUPANCY: LIGHT HAZARD; COMPLY WITH NFPA 13. WATER SUPPLY: DETERMINE VOLUME AND PRESSURE FROM WATER FLOW TEST DATA. 2.03 SPRINKLERS A. SUSPENDED CEILING TYPE: MATCH EXISTING TYPE, FINISH AND TEMPERATURE RATING FOR SPECIFIC AREA HAZARD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED NFPA DESIGN AND INSTALLATION STANDARD. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. PLACE PIPE RUNS TO MINIMIZE OBSTRUCTION TO OTHER WORK. D. PLACE PIPING IN CONCEALED SPACES ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS. E. CENTER SPRINKLERS IN TWO DIRECTIONS IN CEILING TILE AND PROVIDE PIPING OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. F. FLUSH ENTIRE PIPING SYSTEM OF FOREIGN MATTER. G. HYDROSTATICALLY TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM. H. REQUIRE TEST BE WITNESSED BY FIRE MARSHALL. SECTION 22 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TAGS. B. STENCILS. C. PIPE MARKERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. BRADY CORPORATION B. CHAMPION AMERICA, INC C. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS 2.02 TAGS A. PLASTIC TAGS: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS ON LIGHT CONTRASTING BACKGROUND COLOR. TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1 -1/2 INCH DIAMETER. B. METAL TAGS: BRASS WITH STAMPED LETTERS; TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1 -1/2 INCH DIAMETER WITH SMOOTH EDGES. 2.03 STENCILS A. STENCILS: WITH CLEAN CUT SYMBOLS AND LETTERS OF FOLLOWING SIZE: 1. 3/4 TO 1 -1/4 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 1/2 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 2. 1 -1/2 TO 2 INCH OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF INSULATION OR PIPE: 8 INCH LONG COLOR FIELD, 3/4 INCH HIGH LETTERS. 2.04 PIPE MARKERS _:._..__ A. COLOR: CONFORM TO ASME A13.1. B. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: FACTORY FABRICATED, FLEXIBLE, SEMI- RIGID PLASTIC, PREFORMED TO FIT AROUND PIPE OR PIPE COVERING; MINIMUM INFORMATION INDICATING FLOW DIRECTION ARROW AND IDENTIFICATION OF FLUID BEING CONVEYED. C. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS: FLEXIBLE, VINYL FILM TAPE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING AND PRINTED MARKINGS. D. UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: BRIGHT COLORED CONTINUOUSLY PRINTED PLASTIC RIBBON TAPE, MINIMUM 6 INCHES WIDE BY 4 MIL THICK, MANUFACTURED FOR DIRECT BURIAL SERVICE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL TAGS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT CHAIN. B. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. INSTALL PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS COMPLETE AROUND PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. INSTALL UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS 6 TO 8 INCHES BELOW FINISHED GRADE, DIRECTLY ABOVE BURIED PIPE. E. - IDENTIFY VALVES IN MAIN AND BRANCH PIPING WITH TAGS. F. IDENTIFY PIPING, CONCEALED OR EXPOSED, WITH PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. USE TAGS ON PIPING 3/4 INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER. IDENTIFY SERVICE, FLOW DIRECTION, AND PRESSURE. INSTALL IN CLEAR VIEW AND ALIGN WITH AXIS OF PIPING. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION NOT TO EXCEED 20 FEET ON STRAIGHT RUNS INCLUDING RISERS AND DROPS, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE AND TEE, AT EACH SIDE OF PENETRATION OF STRUCTURE OR ENCLOSURE, AND AT EACH OBSTRUCTION. SECTION 22 0719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING INSULATION. B. JACKETS AND ACCESSORIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25150, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: ASTM C 547 AND ASTM C 795; RIGID MOLDED, NONCOMBUSTIBLE, 1. 'K' VALUE: ASTM C 177, 0.24 AT 75 DEGREES F. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 850 DEGREES F. 3. MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME. C. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: WHITE KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN, BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM; MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96 /E 96M OF 0.02 PERM - INCHES. D. TIE WIRE: 0.048 INCH STAINLESS STEEL WITH TWISTED ENDS ON MAXIMUM 12 INCH CENTERS. E. VAPOR BARRIER LAP ADHESIVE: 1. COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. 2.03 JACKETS A. PVC PLASTIC. 1. MANIFACTURERS: A. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 2. JACKET: ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF -WHITE COLOR. A. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 0 DEGREES F. B. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 150 DEGREES F. C. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.002 PERM INCH, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 96 /E 96M. D. THICKNESS: 10 MIL. E. CONNECTIONS: BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE. 3. COVERING ADHESIVE MASTIC: A. COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND SANITARY: 1. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS, FACTORY - APPLIED OR FIELD- APPLIED. SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING STAPLES AND VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC. 2. INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH MOLDED INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJACENT PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. C. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING DOMESTIC HOT WATER: 1. PROVIDE STANDARD JACKETS, WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER, FACTORY- APPLIED OR FIELD - APPLIED. SECURE WITH SELF - SEALING LONGITUDINAL LAP S AND B UTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING STAPLES. 2. INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL AND THICKNESS AS ADJOINING PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. D. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH NON -RATED WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS. 1. SANITARY SEWER. 2. DOMESTIC WATER. 3. GAS. 4. VENT. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, BURIED UNDER AND WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS. 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON, 2. JOINTS: CISPI 310, NEOPRENE GASKET AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP AND SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. CAST IRON PIPE: CISPI 301, HUBLESS, SERVICE WEIGHT. 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON. 2. JOINTS: CISPI 310, NEOPRENE GASKETS AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP- AND - SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 2.03 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), TYPE K (A), DRAWN (H). 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST COPPER ALLOY OR ASME B16.22, WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE. 2. JOINTS: ASTM B 32, ALLOY SN95 SOLDER. 2.04 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A 53 /A 53M SCHEDULE 40 BLACK. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.3, MALLEABLE IRON, OR ASTM A 234/A 234M, WROUGHT STEEL WELDING TYPE. 2. JOINTS: NFPA 54, THREADED OR WELDED TO ASME B31.1. 2.05 VENT PIPING ABOVE GRADE A. PVC PIPE: ASTM D 2665 OR ASTM D 3034. 1. FITTINGS: PVC. 2. JOINTS: SOLVENT WELDED, WITH ASTM D 2564 SOLVENT CEMENT. 2.06 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. UNIONS FOR PIPE SIZES 3 INCHES AND UNDER: 1. FERROUS PIPE: CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS. 2. COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 BRONZE UNIONS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS. B. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS: UNION WITH GALVANIZED OR PLATED STEEL THREADED END, COPPER SOLDER END, WATER IMPERVIOUS ISOLATION BARRIER. 2.07 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. PLUMBING PIPING - DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT: 1. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9. 2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1-1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. 3. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND OVER: CARBON STEEL, ADJUSTABLE, CLEVIS. 4. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. 5. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES 4 INCHES AND OVER: WELDED STEEL BRACKET AND WROUGHT STEEL CLAMP. 6. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. 7, FLOOR SUPPORT: CAST IRON ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE, LOCK NUT, NIPPLE, FLOOR FLANGE, AND CONCRETE PIER OR STEEL SUPPORT. 8. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. B. PLUMBING PIPING - WATER: 1. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9. 2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 INCH TO 1 -1/2 INCHES: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. 3. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. 2.08 GATE VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES 2, NIBCO, INC 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY B. UP TO AND INCLUDING 3 INCHES: 1. MSS SP -80, CLASS 125, BRONZE BODY, BRONZE TRIM, RISING STEM, HANDWHEEL, INSIDE SCREW, SOLID WEDGE DISC, SOLDER ENDS. 2.09 BALL VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES 2. NIBCO, INC 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY B. CONSTRUCTION, 4 INCHES AND SMALLER: MSS SP -110, CLASS 150, 400 PSI CWP, BRONZE, TWO PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED BRASS BALL, REGULAR PORT, TEFLON SEATS AND STUFFING BOX RING, BLOW -OUT PROOF STEM, LEVER HANDLE WITH BALANCING STOPS, SOLDER ENDS WITH UNION. 2.10 RELIEF VALVES A. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF: 1. MANUFACTURERS: A. CLA -VAL CO B. HENRY TECHNOLOGIES C. WATTS REGULATOR COMPANY 2. AGA Z21.22 CERTIFIED, BRONZE BODY, TEFLON SEAT, STAINLESS STEEL STEM AND SPRINGS, AUTOMATIC, DIRECT PRESSURE ACTUATED, TEMPERATURE RELIEF MAXIMUM 210 DEGREES F, CAPACITY ASME (BPV IV) CERTIFIED AND LABELED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PROVIDE NON- CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WHEREVER JOINTING DISSIMILAR METALS. C. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. ROUTE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. D. INSTALL PIPING TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM, CONSERVE SPACE, AND NOT INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE. E. PROVIDE CLEARANCE IN HANGERS AND FROM STRUCTURE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND ACCESS TO VALVES AND FITTINGS. REFER TO SECTION 22 0719. F. INSTALL VALVES WITH STEMS UPRIGHT OR HORIZONTAL, NOT INVERTED. G. INSTALL WATER PIPING TO ASME B31.9. H. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AND AS SHOWN IN DETAILS. I. COORDINATE PIPING SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL . MAKE ALL ATTACHMENTS TO TOP PANEL OF STEEL BAR JOISTS. PROVIDE BEAM CLAMPS MEETING MSS STANDARDS. DO NOT WELD ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DO NOT USE C- CLAMPS FOR ATTACHMENT DRILLING NG OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR ATTACHMENTS IN NOT PERMITTED. J. DO NOT SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT OR PIPING FROM THE METAL ROOF DECK K. RUN SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITH 2% MINIMUM SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. HORIZONTAL VENT PIPING SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRIP BACK TO THE SOIL OR WASTE PIPE BY GRAVITY. L. ALL HOT, COLD & RECIRCULATING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE MINIMUM 1/2" AND INSULATED WITH VAPOR PROOF COVERING. M. HORIZONTAL BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHIN 10 PIPE DIAMETERS DOWNSTREAM OF A STACK. LONG SWEEP FITTINGS SHALL BE USED AT THE BASE OF STACKS TO MINIMIZE HYDRAULIC JUMP. N. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.9. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. ' 3. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. 4. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 5. USE HANGERS WITH 1 -112 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. SECTION 221005 - PLUMBING PIPING (CONT.) 6. WHERE SEVERAL PIPES CAN BE INSTALLED IN PARALLEL AND AT SAME ELEVATION, PROVIDE MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS. 7, PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING. 8. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL CAST IRON SANITARY PIPING AT EVERY JOINT AND NOT MORE THAN SIX FEET. 3.02 APPLICATION A. INSTALL UNIONS DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES AND AT EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS CONNECTIONS. B. INSTALL GATE OR BALL VALVES FOR SHUT -OFF AND TO ISOLATE EQUIPMENT, PART OF SYSTEMS, OR VERTICAL RISERS. 3.03 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, VERIFY SYSTEM IS COMPLETE, FLUSHED AND CLEAN. B. ENSURE PH OF WATER TO BE TREATED IS BETWEEN 7.4 AND 7.6 BY ADDING ALKALI (CAUSTIC SODA OR SODA ASH) OR ACID (HYDROCHLORIC). C. INJECT DISINFECTANT, FREE CHLORINE IN LIQUID, POWDER, TABLET OR GAS FORM, THROUGHOUT SYSTEM TO OBTAIN 50 TO 80 MG /L RESIDUAL. D. BLEED WATER FROM OUTLETS TO ENSURE DISTRIBUTION AND TEST FOR DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL AT MINIMUM 15 PERCENT OF OUTLETS. E. MAINTAIN DISINFECTANT IN SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS. F. IF FINAL DISINFECTANT RESIDUAL TESTS LESS THAN 25 MG /L, REPEAT TREATMENT. G. FLUSH DISINFECTANT FROM SYSTEM UNTIL RESIDUAL IS EQUAL TO THAT OF INCOMING WATER OR 1.0 MG /L. H. TAKE SAMPLES NO SOONER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER FLUSHING, FROM 10 PERCENT OF OUTLETS AND FROM WATER ENTRY, AND ANALYZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C651. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. PIPE HANGER SPACING: 1. METAL PIPING: A. PIPE SIZE: 1/2 INCHES TO 1 -1/4 INCHES: 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6.5 FT. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCHES. B. PIPE SIZE: 1 -1/2 INCHES TO 2 INCHES: 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 318 INCHES. SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CLEANOUTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. JAY R. SMITH MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2. JOSAM COMPANY 3. ZURN INDUSTRIES, INC B. CLEANOUTS AT INTERIOR FINISHED FLOOR AREAS: 1. LACQUERED CAST IRON BODY WITH ANCHOR FLANGE, REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR, THREADED TOP ASSEMBLY, AND ROUND GASKETED SCORED COVER IN SERVICE AREAS AND ROUND GASKETED DEPRESSED COVER TO ACCEPT FLOOR FINISH IN FINISHED FLOOR AREAS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXTEND CLEANOUTS TO FINISHED FLOOR. LUBRICATE THREADED CLEANOUT PLUGS WITH MIXTURE OF GRAPHITE AND LINSEED OIL. ENSURE CLEARANCE AT CLEANOUT FOR RODDING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM. G. INSTALL FLOOR CLEANOUTS AT ELEVATION TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED FLOOR. D. CLEANOUTS SHALL MEET THE PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED EVERY 75' FOR 4" & SMALLER, 100' FOR 5" & LARGER, AT THE BASE OF ALL SANITARY & STORM STACKS & AT CHANGES I THAN 45 DEGREES EXCEPT NOT MORE THAN ONE IN EVER SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 22 3000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WATER HEATERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS A. A.O. SMITH WATER PRODUCTS CO B. BOCK WATER HEATERS, INC C. RHEEM MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. TYPE: FACTORY- ASSEMBLED AND WIRED, ELECTRIC, VERTICAL STORAGE. B. TANK: GLASS LINED WELDED STEEL; 4 INCH DIAMETER INSPECTION PORT, THERMALLY INSULATED WITH MINIMUM 2 INCHES GLASS FIBER ENCASED IN CORROSION- RESISTANT STEEL JACKET; BAKED -ON ENAMEL FINISH. C. CONTROLS: AUTOMATIC IMMERSION WATER THERMOSTAT; EXTERNALLY ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 60 TO 180 DEGREES F, FLANGED OR SCREW -IN NICHROME ELEMENTS, HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT THERMOSTAT. D. ACCESSORIES: BRASS WATER CONNECTIONS AND DIP TUBE, DRAIN VALVE, MAGNESIUM ANODE, AND ASME RATED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. E. HEATING ELEMENTS: FLANGE- MOUNTED IMMERSION ELEMENTS; INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS SHEATHED WITH INCOLOY CORROSION- RESISTANT METAL ALLOY, RATED LESS THAN 75 WATTS PER SQUARE INCH. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE, AND COMPLYING WITH CONDITIONS OF CERTIFICATION, IF ANY. B. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PIPING AND RELATED ELECTRICAL WORK TO ACHIEVE OPERATING SYSTEM. ' ,l�F� PLI4 JUN 12 2909 City of Tukwi BUILDING MI, SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WATER CLOSETS. B. LAVATORIES AND FAUCETS. C. SINKS AND FAUCETS. D. SERVICE SINKS AND FAUCETS. E. DRINKING FOUNTAINS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TANK TYPE WATER CLOSETS A. WATER CLOSET MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. BOWL: 1. ASME A112.19.2; FLOOR MOUNTED, SIPHON JET, VITREOUS CHINA, 16.5 INCHES HIGH, CLOSE - COUPLED CLOSET COMBINATION WITH ELONGATED RIM, INSULATED VITREOUS CHINA CLOSET TANK WITH FITTINGS AND LEVER FLUSHING VALVE, BOLT CAPS. C. SEAT MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. CHURCH SEAT COMPANY 3. OLSONITE D. SEAT: 1. SOLID WHITE PLASTIC, OPEN FRONT, BRASS BOLTS, WITH COVER. \C E SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES (CONT.) 2.02 LAVATORIES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. AMERICAN STANDARD INC 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. VITREOUS CHINA WALL HUNG BASIN: 1. ASME A112.19.2; VITREOUS CHINA WALL HUNG LAVATORY 20 X 18 1/4" INCH MINIMUM, WITH RECTANGULAR BASIN WITH SPLASH LIP, REAR OVERFLOW, AND SOAP DEPRESSION. A. DRILLING CENTERS: 4 INCH. C. SUPPLY FAUCET MANUFACTURERS: 1. DELTA FAUCET 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL D. SUPPLY FAUCET: 1. ASME A112.18.1; CHROME PLATED COMBINATION SUPPLY FITTING WITH OPEN GRID STRAINER, WATER ECONOMY AERATOR WITH MAXIMUM 2.0 GPM FLOW, SINGLE LEVER HANDLE. E. ACCESSORIES: 1. CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON. 2. OFFSET WASTE WITH PERFORATED OPEN STRAINER. 3. FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES. 4. CARRIER: A. MANUFACTURERS: 1) JOSAM COMPANY 2) SLOAN VALVE COMPANY 3) ZURN INDUSTRIES, INC B. ASME A112.6.1M; CAST IRON AND STEEL FRAME WITH TUBULAR LEGS, LUGS FOR FLOOR AND WALL ATTACHMENT, CONCEALED ARM SUPPORTS, BEARING PLATE AND STUDS. 2.03 KITCHEN SINKS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ELKAY 2. ELJER 3. KOHLER COMPANY 4, OR APPROVED EQUAL B. SINGLE COMPARTMENT BOWL: 1. ASME A112.19.3; 19 1/2" X 19" X 5 1/2" INCH OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS, 18 GAGE THICK, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING AND UNDERCOATED, WITH LEDGE BACK DRILLED FOR TRIM. A. DRAIN: 1 -1/2 INCH CHROMED BRASS DRAIN. C. SUPPLY FAUCET: 1. ASME A112.18.1; CHROME PLATED COMBINATION SUPPLY FITTING WITH OPEN GRID STRAINER, WATER ECONOMY AERATOR WITH MAXIMUM 2.0 GPM FLOW, SINGLE LEVER HANDLE. D. ACCESSORIES: CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON, WHEEL HANDLE STOP, FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES. 2.04 DRINKING FOUNTAINS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. ELKAY MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2. HALSEY TAYLOR 3. HAWS CORPORATION 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. FOUNTAIN: 1. 18 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL FULLY EXPOSED TWO -LEVEL FOUNTAIN BASINS WITH LOWER BASIN ON THE RIGHT. 2. 16 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL TUBULAR SUPPORT ARMS. 3. ADA COMPLIANT WITH SAFETY BUBBLERS, VANDAL RESISTANT PUSH BUTTONS, AND VALVE AND IN -LINE FLOW REGULATOR. C. ACCESSORIES: CHROME PLATED 17 GAGE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEAN -OUT PLUG AND ARM WITH ESCUTCHEON, WHEEL HANDLE STOP, FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES. 2.05 SERVICE SINKS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KOHLER 2. ELKAY MANUFACTURING COMPANY 3. JUST. MANUFACTURING COMPANY 4. OR APPROVED EQUAL B. BOWL: 1. ASME Al 12.19.1 M; 28" X 28" X 13" INCH DEEP, CAST IRON SERVICE SINK, WITH ACID RESISTANT ENAMEL FINISH, CHROME PLATED STRAINER, COATED WIRE RIM GUARD, CAST IRON P -TRAP WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOOR FLANGE. C. FAUCET AND TRIM: 1. ASME A112,18.1 EXPOSED WALL TYPE SUPPLY WITH CROSS HANDLES, SPOUT WALL BRACE, VACUUM BREAKER, HOSE END SPOUT, STRAINERS, ECCENTRIC ADJUSTABLE INLETS, INTEGRAL SCREWDRIVER STOPS WITH COVERING CAPS AND ADJUSTABLE THREADED WALL FLANGES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE WITH TRAP, EASILY REMOVABLE FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. B. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED RIGID OR FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES TO FIXTURES WITH LOOSE KEY STOPS, REDUCERS, AND ESCUTCHEONS. C. NSTALL COMPONENTS LEVEL AND PLUMB. D. SEAL FIXTURES TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES WITH SEALANT, COLOR TO MATCH FIXTURE. E. SOLIDLY ATTACH WATER CLOSETS TO FLOOR WITH LAG SCREWS. LEAD FLASHING IS NOT INTENDED HOLD FIXTURE IN PLACE. F. ALL FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED WITH TRAPS INCLUDING FLOOR DRAINS & OPEN HUBS. G. WHERE FIXTURE TRAP ARMS (FROM TRAP TO VENT) EXCEED THE MAXIMUM LENGTH PERMITTED BY CODE, INCREASE FIXTURE TRAP ARM PIPE SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE. 3.02 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. REVIEW MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIXTURES AND OPENINGS BEFORE ROUGH -IN AND INSTALLATION. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST STOPS OR VALVES FOR INTENDED WATER FLOW RATE TO FIXTURES WITHOUT SPLASHING, NOISE, OR OVERFLOW. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 9.ft- 5 5 DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. cmr MAY 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 N A Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 PLFIMIT CENT Drawing No.: G -108 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NAMEPLATES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. BRADY CORPORATION B. CHAMPION AMERICA, INC C. SETON IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS 2.02 NAMEPLATES A. ° DESCRIPTION: LAMINATED THREE -LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED LETTERS. 1. LETTER COLOR: WHITE. 2. LETTER HEIGHT: 1/4 INCH. 3. BACKGROUND COLOR: BLACK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLASTIC NAMEPLATES WITH CORROSIVE - RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS, OR ADHESIVE. APPLY WITH SUFFICIENT ADHESIVE TO ENSURE PERMANENT ADHESION AND SEAL WITH CLEAR LACQUER. B. IDENTIFY ROOF TOP UNITS, AIR CONDITIONERS, CONDENSING UNITS, BASEBOARD HEATERS, CONDENSATE PUMPS AND EXHAUST FANS WITH PLASTIC NAMEPLATES. C. IDENTIFY, UNITS CONTROLLED WITH NAMEPLATES ON ASSOCIATED THERMOSTATS. SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS. B. MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. C. SOUND MEASUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS. D. VIBRATION MEASUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. PERFORM TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1, AABC MN -1, AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE. 2. NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING ADJUSTING BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. 3. SMACNA HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. B. BEGIN WORK AFTER COMPLETION OF SYSTEMS TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, OR BALANCED AND COMPLETE WORK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. C WHERE HVAC SYSTEMS AND /OR COMPONENTS INTERFACE WITH LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS, INCLUDING FIRE AND SMOKE DETECTION, ALARM, AND CONTROL, COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. TAB AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: 1, COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 2. HAVING MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 3. CERTIFIED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. AABC, ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL: UPON b. COMPLETION SUBMIT AABC NATIONAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTY. c. NEBB, NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU d. TABB, THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING BUREAU OF NATIONAL ENERGY MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE e. TAB SUPERVISOR AND TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED BY SAME ORGANIZATION AS TAB AGENCY. f. SUBMIT A COPY OF THE TEST RESULTS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. ENSURE THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1. SYSTEMS ARE STARTED AND OPERATING IN A SAFE AND NORMAL CONDITION. 2. PROPER THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS IN PLACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. FINAL FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE. IF REQUIRED, INSTALL TEMPORARY MEDIA IN ADDITION TO FINAL FILTERS. 4. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS. 5. FANS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. 6. AIR OUTLETS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED. 7. DUCT SYSTEM LEAKAGE IS MINIMIZED. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS: ADJUST TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR SUPPLY SYSTEMS AND PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN FOR RETURN AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS. B. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS: ADJUST TOTAL TO WITHIN PLUS 10 PERCENT AND MINUS 5 PERCENT OF DESIGN TO SPACE. ADJUST OUTLETS AND INLETS IN SPACE TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT OF DESIGN. 3.04 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. ENSURE RECORDED DATA REPRESENTS ACTUAL MEASURED OR OBSERVED CONDITIONS. B. PERMANENTLY MARK SETTINGS OF VALVES, DAMPERS, AND OTHER ADJUSTMENT DEVICES ALLOWING SETTINGS TO BE RESTORED. SET AND LOCK MEMORY STOPS, C. AFTER ADJUSTMENT, TAKE MEASUREMENTS TO VERIFY BALANCE HAS NOT BEEN DISRUPTED OR THAT SUCH DISRUPTION HAS BEEN RECTIFIED. D. LEAVE SYSTEMS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, REPLACING BELT GUARDS, CLOSING ACCESS DOORS, CLOSING DOORS TO ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOXES, AND RESTORING THERMOSTATS TO SPECIFIED SETTINGS. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST AIR QUANTITIES. B. MAKE AIR QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS IN DUCTS BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF ENTIRE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT. C. MEASURE AIR QUANTITIES AT AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS. D. ADJUST DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO OBTAIN UNIFORM SPACE TEMPERATURES FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE DRAFTS AND NOISE. E. USE VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO REGULATE AIR QUANTITIES ONLY TO EXTEND THAT ADJUSTMENTS DO NOT CREATE OBJECTIONABLE AIR MOTION OR SOUND LEVELS. EFFECT VOLUME CONTROL BY DUCT INTERNAL DEVICES SUCH AS DAMPERS AND SPLITTERS. F. PROVIDE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC WITH REQUIRED AND ACTUAL AIR QUANTITIES RECORDED AT EACH OUTLET OR INLET. G. MEASURE STATIC AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS ON AIR SUPPLY UNITS, INCLUDING FILTER AND COIL PRESSURE DROPS, AND TOTAL PRESSURE ACROSS THE FAN. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR 50 PERCENT LOADING OF FILTERS. H. ADJUST OUTSIDE AIR AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, OUTSIDE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND EXHAUST DAMPERS FOR DESIGN CONDITIONS. 3.06 SCOPE A. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE THE FOLLOWING: 1. PACKAGED ROOF TOP HEATING /COOLING UNITS 2. SMALL SPLIT SYSTEMS 3. FANS 4. AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC (CONT.) 3.07 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. ELECTRIC MOTORS: 1. MANUFACTURER 2. HP /BHP 3. PHASE, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE; NAMEPLATE, ACTUAL 4. RPM B. V -BELT DRIVES: 1. IDENTIFICATION /LOCATION 2. DRIVEN SHEAVE, DIAMETER AND RPM 3. BELT, SIZE AND QUANTITY 4. MOTOR SHEAVE DIAMETER AND RPM C. AIR MOVING EQUIPMENT: 1. LOCATION 2. MANUFACTURER 3. MODEL NUMBER 4. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 5. RETURN AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 6. OUTSIDE AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 7. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 8. SHEAVE MAKE/SIZE /BORE 9. FAN RPM D. EXHAUST FANS: 1. MANUFACTURER 2. MODEL NUMBER 3. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 4. TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 5. SHEAVE MAKE/SIZE /BORE 6. FAN RPM E. DUCT TRAVERSES: 1. DUCT SIZE 2. DESIGN VELOCITY 3. DESIGN AIR FLOW 4. TEST VELOCITY 5. TEST AIR FLOW 6. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE F. DUCT INLETS AND OUTLETS 1. SIZE 2. DESIGN AIRFLOW 3. TEST AIRFLOW G. DUCT LEAK TESTS: 1. DUCT DESIGN OPERATING PRESSURE 2. DUCT DESIGN TEST STATIC PRESSURE 3. DUCT CAPACITY, AIR FLOW H. AIR DISTRIBUTION TESTS: 1. AIR TERMINAL NUMBER 2. ROOM NUMBER/LOCATION 3. DESIGN VELOCITY 4. DESIGN AIR FLOW 5. TEST (FINAL) VELOCITY 6. TEST (FINAL) AIR FLOW 7. PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW I. SOUND LEVEL REPORTS: 1. LOCATION 2. OCTAVE BANDS - EQUIPMENT OFF 3. OCTAVE BANDS - EQUIPMENT ON J. VIBRATION TESTS: 1. LOCATION OF POINTS: A. FAN BEARING, DRIVE END B. FAN BEARING, OPPOSITE END C. MOTOR BEARING, DRIVE END D. MOTOR BEARING, OPPOSITE END E. DUCT AFTER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (DISCHARGE) F. DUCT AFTER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION (SUCTION) SECTION 23 0713 - DUCT INSULATION - PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DUCT INSULATION. B. DUCT LINER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. MANUFACTURER: 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: ASTM C 553; FLEXIBLE, NONCOMBUSTIBLE BLANKET. 1. 'K' VALUE: 0.36 AT 75 DEGREES F, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 518. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 450 DEGREES F. 3, MAXIMUM WATER VAPOR SORPTION: 5.0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. C. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: 1. KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM. 2. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.02 PERM INCH, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 961E 96M. 3. SECURE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE. D. VAPOR BARRIER TAPE: 1, KRAFT PAPER REINFORCED WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM, WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE RUBBER BASED ADHESIVE. E. TIE WIRE: ANNEALED STEEL, 16 GAGE. 2.03 DUCT LINER A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KNAUF FIBER GLASS 2. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION 3. OWENS CORNING CORP B. INSULATION: INCOMBUSTIBLE GLASS FIBER COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 1071; RIGID BOARD; IMPREGNATED SURFACE AND EDGES COATED WITH POLY VINYL ACETATE POLYMER, OR ACRYLIC POLYMER SHOWN TO BE FUNGUS AND BACTERIA RESISTANT BY TESTING TO ASTM G 21. 1. APPARENT THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: MAXIMUM OF 0.31 AT 75 DEGREES F. 2. SERVICE TEMPERATURE: UP TO 250 DEGREES F. 3. RATED VELOCITY ON COATED AIR SIDE FOR AIR EROSION: 5,000 FPM, MINIMUM. 4. MINIMUM NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENTS: a. 1 INCH THICKNESS: 0.45. b. ADHESIVE: WATERPROOF, FIRE - RETARDANT TYPE. c. LINER FASTENERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, SELF - ADHESIVE PAD WITH INTEGRAL HEAD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR. BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 1. PROVIDE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS. 2. FINISH WITH TAPE AND VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. 3. INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS, JOINTS, FLANGES, FIRE DAMPERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND .EXPANSION JOINTS. C. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 1. PROVIDE WITH STANDARD VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. 2. INSULATE FITTINGS AND JOINTS. WHERE SERVICE ACCESS IS REQUIRED, BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION. SECTION 23 0713 - DUCT INSULATION (CONT.) D. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION: 1. SECURE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER WITH WIRES AND SEAL JACKET JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR TAPE TO MATCH JACKET. 2. SECURE INSULATION WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER WITH STAPLES, TAPE, OR WIRES. 3. INSTALL WITHOUT SAG ON UNDERSIDE OF DUCT. USE ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SAGGING. LIFT DUCT OFF TRAPEZE HANGERS AND INSERT SPACERS. 4. SEAL VAPOR BARRIER PENETRATIONS BY MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. 5. STOP AND POINT INSULATION AROUND ACCESS DOORS AND DAMPER OPERATORS TO ALLOW OPERATION WITHOUT DISTURBING WRAPPING. E. DUCT AND PLENUM LINER APPLICATION: 1. ADHERE INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE FOR 100 PERCENT COVERAGE. 2. DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR AIR FLOW. INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION THICKNESS. SECTION 23 0719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING INSULATION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD /SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL 723. 2.02 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. MANUFACTURER: 1. ARMACELL INTERNATIONAL B. INSULATION: PREFORMED FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR RUBBER INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 534 GRADE 3; USE MOLDED TUBULAR MATERIAL WHEREVER POSSIBLE. 1. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: -40 DEGREES F. 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 220 DEGREES F. 3. CONNECTION: WATERPROOF VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE. C. ELASTOMERIC FOAM ADHESIVE: AIR DRIED, CONTACT ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXPOSED PIPING: LOCATE INSULATION AND COVER SEAMS IN LEAST VISIBLE LOCATIONS. C, CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. SECTION 23 2113 - HYDRONIC PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS FOR: 1. HEATING WATER PIPING SYSTEM. B. VALVES: 1. BALL VALVES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HEATING WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), TYPE K (A), DRAWN. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.18, CAST BRASS, OR ASME B16.22, SOLDER WROUGHT COPPER. 2. TEE CONNECTIONS: MECHANICALLY EXTRACTED COLLARS WITH NOTCHED AND DIMPLED BRANCH TUBE. 3. JOINTS: SOLDER, LEAD FREE, 95-5 TIN - ANTIMONY, OR TIN AND SILVER. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. CONFORM TO ASME B31.9. B. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1 -1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON, ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. C. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP. D. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED, E. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. 2.03 UNIONS, FLANGES, AND COUPLINGS A. UNIONS FOR PIPE 2 INCHES AND UNDER: 1. COPPER PIPE: BRONZE, SOLDERED JOINTS. 2.04 BALL VALVES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. CONBRACO INDUSTRIES; WWW.CONBRACO.COM. 2. NIBCO, INC; WWW.NIBCO.COM. 3. MILWAUKEE VALVE COMPANY; WWW.MILWAUKEEVALVE.COM. B. UP TO AND INCLUDING 2 INCHES: 1. BRONZE ONE PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED BRASS BALL, TEFLON SEATS AND STUFFING BOX RING, LEVER HANDLE WITH BALANCING STOPS, SOLDER ENDS WITH UNION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE AND TO AVOID INTERFERE WITH USE OF SPACE. D. GROUP PIPING WHENEVER PRACTICAL AT COMMON ELEVATIONS. E. SLOPE PIPING AND ARRANGE TO DRAIN AT LOW POINTS. F. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME 831.9. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. 3. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. HANGER SPACING FOR COPPER TUBING. 1. 1/2 INCH AND 3/4 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 5 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 114 INCH. 2. 1 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 6 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH. 3. 1 -1/2 INCH AND 2 INCH: MAXIMUM SPAN, 8 FEET; MINIMUM ROD SIZE, 3/8 INCH. SECTION 23 2300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PIPING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A. COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 280, H58 HARD DRAWN OR 060 SOFT ANNEALED. 1. FITTINGS: ASME B16.22 WROUGHT COPPER. 2. JOINTS: BRAZE, AWS A5.8 BCUP SILVER/PHOSPHORUS /COPPER ALLOY. B. PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: 1. CONFORM TO ASME B31,5. 2. HANGERS FOR PIPE SIZES 1/2 TO 1-1/2 INCH: MALLEABLE IRON ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL, SPLIT RING. 3. WALL SUPPORT FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCHES: CAST IRON HOOK. 4. COPPER PIPE SUPPORT: CARBON STEEL RING, ADJUSTABLE, COPPER PLATED. 5. HANGER RODS: MILD STEEL THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END, OR CONTINUOUS THREADED. SECTION 23 2300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SPECIALTIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER, WITH PLUMBING PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURE, AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. C. INSTALL PIPING TO CONSERVE BUILDING SPACE AND AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF SPACE. D. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE, JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. E. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME 831.5. 2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS SCHEDULED. 3. INSTALL HANGERS 10 PROVIDE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN FINISHED COVERING AND ADJACENT WORK. 4. PLACE HANGERS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW, 5. PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING. F. ARRANGE PIPING TO RETURN OIL TO COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE TRAPS AND LOOPS IN PIPING, AND PROVIDE DOUBLE RISERS AS REQUIRED. SLOPE HORIZONTAL PIPING 0.40 PERCENT IN DIRECTION OF FLOW. G. FLOOD PIPING SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN WHEN BRAZING. H. FOLLOW ASHRAE STD 15 PROCEDURES FOR CHARGING AND PURGING OF SYSTEMS AND FOR DISPOSAL OF REFRIGERANT. I. FULLY CHARGE COMPLETED SYSTEM WITH REFRIGERANT AFTER TESTING. 3.02 SCHEDULES A. HANGER SPACING FOR COPPER TUBING. 1. 1/2 INCH, 5/8 INCH, AND 7/8 INCH OD: MAXIMUM SPAN, 5 FEET; ROD SIZE, 1/4 INCH SECTION 23 3100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL DUCTWORK. B. DUCT CLEANING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTS: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEE 6531A 653M FS TYPE B, WITH G60/Z180 COATING. B. STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, DESIGNATION CS, COLD - ROLLED COMMERCIAL STEEL. C. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS: 1. TWO PLY VINYL FILM SUPPORTED BY HELICALLY WOUND SPRING STEEL WIRE; FIBERGLASS INSULATION; POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER FILM. A. PRESSURE RATING: 10 INCHES WO POSITIVE AND 1.0 INCHES WG NEGATIVE. B. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 4000 FPM. C. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -10 DEGREES F TO 160 DEGREES F. 2. RUNS OF FLEXIBLE DUCT ARE NOT TO EXCEED 5 FEET IN LENGTH. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED. B. CONSTRUCT TS, BENDS, AND ELBOWS WITH RADIUS OF NOT LESS THAN 1 -1/2 TIMES WIDTH OF DUCT ON CENTERLINE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE AND WHERE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS MUST BE USED, PROVIDE AIR FOIL TURNING VANES. WHERE ACOUSTICAL LINING IS INDICATED, PROVIDE TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION. C. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES DIVERGENCE WHEREVER POSSIBLE; MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES DIVERGENCE UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT AND 45 DEGREES CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. FOR LINED DUCTS, MAINTAIN SIZES INSIDE LINING. B. INSTALL AND SEAL METAL AND FLEXIBLE DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. C. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES. D. USE CRIMP JOINTS WITH OR WITHOUT BEAD FOR JOINING ROUND DUCT SIZES 8 INCH AND SMALLER WITH CRIMP IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW. E. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS. F. CONNECT DIFFUSERS OR LIGHT TROFFER BOOTS TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH 5 FEET MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT HELD IN PLACE WITH NYLON DRAW BAND. G. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCTS TO METAL DUCTS WITH ADHESIVE. H. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED POLYETHYLENE ON OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING DUCTWORK SYSTEM. I. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS STEEL REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND AS SHOWN IN DETAILS FOR DUCTWORK. J. COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL . MAKE ALL ATTACHMENTS TO STEEL BAR JOISTS, TRUSSES, OR JOIST GIRDERS AT PANEL POINTS. PROVIDE BEAM CLAMPS MEETING MSS STANDARDS. DO NOT WELD ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. DO NOT USE C- CLAMPS FOR ATTACHMENTS. DRILLING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR ATTACHMENTS IN NOT PERMITTED. K. DO NOT SUPPORT MECHANICAL DUCTWORK FROM THE METAL DECK. L. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DUCTWORK'S OVERHEAD, TIGHT TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED WITH SPACE FOR INSULATION AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE OFFSETS IN DUCTS, INCLUDING TRANSITIONS AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. 3.02 CLEANING A. CLEAN DUCT SYSTEMS WITH HIGH POWER VACUUM MACHINES. PROTECT EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE HARMED BY EXCESSIVE DIRT WITH FILTERS, OR BYPASS DURING CLEANING. PROVIDE ADEQUATE ACCESS INTO DUCTWORK FOR CLEANING PURPOSES. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. DUCTWORK PRESSURE CLASS: 1. ALL DUCTS: 2 INCHES. SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. AIR TURNING DEVICES /EXTRACTORS. B. DUCT ACCESS DOORS. C. DUCT TEST HOLES. D. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS. E. VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES /EXTRACTORS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. KRUEGER 2. RUSKIN COMPANY 3. TITUS 4, OR APPROVED EQUAL B. MULTI -BLADE DEVICE WITH RADIUS BLADES ATTACHED TO PIVOTING FRAME AND BRACKET, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, WITH PUSH -PULL OPERATOR STRAP. ? &O-Os5 REVS CODE C� APP JUN ty 0 1\!I SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES (CONT.) 2.02 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC 2. RUSKIN COMPANY 3. SEMCO INCORPORATED FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. 2.03 DUCT TEST HOLES A. TEMPORARY TEST HOLES: CUT OR DRILL IN DUCTS AS REQUIRED. CAP WITH NEAT PATCHES, NEOPRENE PLUGS, THREADED PLUGS, OR THREADED OR TWIST -ON METAL CAPS. 2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. B. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS: FABRIC CRIMPED INTO METAL EDGING STRIP. 1. FABRIC: UL LISTED FIRE- RETARDANT NEOPRENE COATED WOVEN GLASS FIBER FABRIC TO NFPA 90A, MINIMUM DENSITY 30 OZ PER SQ YD. D FO A. NET FABRIC WIDTH: APPROXIMATELY 6 INCHES WIDE. 2.05 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS 2. METAL: 3 INCHES WIDE, 24 GAGE THICK GALVANIZED STEEL. VED E. A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. LOUVERS & DAMPERS, INC: 2. NAILOR INDUSTRIES INC 3. RUSKIN COMPANY B. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. C SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS: FABRICATE FOR DUCT SIZES UP TO 6 X 30 INCH. Ty20(20vvgigia MAXIMUM BLADE SIZES 8 X 72 INCH. ASSEMBLE CENTER AND EDGE CRIMPED BLADES IN PRIME COATED OR GALVANIZED CHANNEL FRAME WITH SUITABLE HARDWARE. MULTI-BLADE DAMPER: FABRICATE OF OPPOSED BLADE PATTERN WITH 1. PROVIDE LOCKING, INDICATING QUADRANT REGULATORS ON SINGLE AND 2. ON INSULATED DUCTS MOUNT QUADRANT REGULATORS ON STAND-OFF MULTI-BLADE DAMPERS. PROVIDE END BEARINGS. ON MULTIPLE BLADE DAMPERS, PROVIDE 01L-IMPREGNATED NYLON OR SINTERED BRONZE BEARINGS. END BEARINGS: EXCEPT IN ROUND DUCTS 12 INCHES AND SMALLER, MOUNTING BRACKETS, BASES, OR ADAPTERS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, NFPA 90A, AND FOLLOW SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, REFER TO SECTION 23 3100 FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND PRESSURE CLASS. B. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR INSPECTION AND CLEANING BEFORE AND AFTER FILTERS, COILS, FANS, AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AT FIRE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. PROVIDE MINIMUM 8 X 8 INCH SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, 18 X 18 INCH SIZE FOR SHOULDER ACCESS, AND AS INDICATED. PROVIDE 4 X 4 INCH FOR BALANCING DAMPERS ONLY. REVIEW LOCATIONS PRIOR TO PROVIDE DUCT TEST HOLES WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR TESVING AND BALANCING PURPOSES. D. AT FANS AND MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH DUCTS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT': TO THE GROUND DUCTS ACROSS FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WITH FLEXIBLE UL LISTED COPPER GROUNDING STRAPS. GROUNDING STRAPS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY SECURED TO METAL COMPONENTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO THE EQUIPMENT AND/OH DUCT USING UL LISTED GROUNDING HARDWARE. F. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT POINTS ON SUPP1.Y, RETURN, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS WHERE BRANCHES ARE TAKEN FROM LARGER DUCTS AS REQUIRED FOR AIR BALANCING. INSTALL MINIMUM 2 DUCT WIDTHS FROM DUCT TAKE-OFF. G. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE-OFF TO DIFFUSERS, GRILLES. AND REGISTERS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, GRILLE, OR REGISTER ASSEMBLY. H. PROVIDE ALL 90 DEGREE SQUARE ELBOWS WITH DOUBLE RADIUS TURNING VANES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. cl4INRIKA MAY 2 2009 PERMIT CENTER SECTION 23 3600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. VARIABLE VOLUME BYPASS TERMINAL UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. NAILOR, 3400 SERIES. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS. 1. CARNES, MODEL ABB. 2. KRUEGER, MODEL KLB. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. CEILING MOUNTED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SUPPLY AIR CONTROL TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION TO SINGLE DUCT, CENTRAL AIR SYSTEMS, WITH ELECTRONIC VARIABLE VOLUME CONTROLS. 2.03 SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE VOLUME UNITS A. BASIC ASSEMBLY: 1. CASINGS: MINIMUM 22 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL. 2 LINING: MINIMUM 1/2 INCH THICK NEOPRENE OR VINYL COATED FIBROUS GLASS INSULATION, 1.5 LB /CU FT DENSITY, MEETING NFPA 90A REQUIREMENTS AND UL 181 EROSION REQUIREMENTS. FACE LINING WITH MYLAR FILM. 3. AIR INLETS: ROUND STUB CONNECTIONS FOR DUCT ATTACHMENT. 4. AIR OUTLETS: S SLIP AND DRIVE CONNECTIONS. B. BASIC UNIT: 1. CONFIGURATION: BYPASS TERMINAL UNIT WITH "FLOW DIVERTER" DAMPER OR VALVE, INTEGRAL BYPASS BALANCING DAMPER, AND STATIC PRESSURE TAPS FOR AIR BALANCING. INLET AIR BALANCING DAMPER MAY BE INTEGRAL TO UNIT OR PROVIDED SEPARATELY IN DUCTWORK. 2 VOLUME DAMPER: CONSTRUCT OF HEAVY DUTY GALVANIZED STEEL WITH PERIPHERAL. GASKET AND SELF LUBRICATING BEARINGS; MAXIMUM DAMPER LEAKAGE: 2 PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW AT 1 INCH RATED INLET STATIC PRESSURE. 3. MOUNT DAMPER OPERATOR TO POSITION DAMPER NORMALLY OPEN. C. AUTOMATIC DAMPER OPERATOR: 1. ANALOG ELECTRONIC CONTROLS ACTUATOR: 24 VOLT WITH HIGH LIMIT. D. THERMOSTAT: ELECTRONIC TYPE WITH APPROPRIATE MOUNTING HARDWARE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUPPORT UNITS INDIVIDUALLY FROM STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM ADJACENT DUCTWORK. C. PROVIDE MINIMUM 5 FT LENGTH OF 1 INCH THICK LINED DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF UNITS. LINED DUCT I.D. SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE TERMINAL UNIT I.D. D. PROVIDE 120 VOLT /60 HERTZ TO 24VAC TRANSFORMER. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. RESET VOLUME WITH DAMPER OPERATOR. DAMPER OPERATOR SHALL PROVIDE FLOW RANGE MODULATION FROM 100 PERCENT TO 30 PERCENT OF DESIGN FLOW. DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 PPIRE5 AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 N A Drawing No.: Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 0 5 2009 NERNIIT CENTER G -109 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 23 3700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DIFFUSERS. B. REGISTERS /GRILLES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. TITUS B. NO SUBSTITUTIONS 2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. TYPE: SQUARE, 22 -GAUGE STEEL FACE PANEL THAT CAPTURES A SECONDARY 22 -GAUGE PANEL. FACE PANEL REMOVABLE BY MEANS OF FOUR HANGER BRACKETS. EXPOSED SURFACE SMOOTH, FLAT AND FREE OF FASTENERS. BACKPAN SHALL BE ONE -PIECE DIE - STAMPED WITH INTEGRALLY DRAWN INLET. B. FRAME: SURFACE MOUNT TYPE. IN PLASTER CEILINGS, PROVIDE PLASTER FRAME AND CEILING FRAME. C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL OFF -WHITE FINISH. D. ACCESSORIES: RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND MULTI - LOUVERED EQUALIZING GRID WITH DAMPER ADJUSTABLE FROM DIFFUSER FACE. 2.03 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS /GRILLES A. TYPE: STREAMLINED BLADES, 3/4 INCH MINIMUM DEPTH, 3/4 INCH MAXIMUM SPACING, WITH BLADES SET AT 45 DEGREES, VERTICAL FACE. B. FRAME: 1 -1/4 INCH MARGIN WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW MOUNTING. C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAMES AND 22 GAGE MINIMUM BLADES, STEEL AND ALUMINUM WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAME, OR ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS, WITH FACTORY OFF -WHITE ENAMEL FINISH, COLOR TO BE SELECTED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. CHECK LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS AND MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN POSITION TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES, SYMMETRY, AND LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT. C. INSTALL DIFFUSERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTION. D. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE -OFF TO DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES AND REGISTERS, DESPITE WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, OR GRILLE AND REGISTER ASSEMBLY. SECTION 23 8101 - TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BASEBOARD RADIATION. B. FINNED TUBE RADIATION. C. CONVECTORS. D. CABINET UNIT HEATERS. E. RADIANT HEATERS. F. ELECTRIC BASEBOARD. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASEBOARD RADIATION A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. B. HEATING ELEMENTS: 3/4 INCH ID COPPER TUBING MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO FLANGED COLLARS OF EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS, ONE TUBE END BELLED. ENCLOSURE: MINIMUM 0.030 INCH STEEL WITH 7 INCH HIGH BACK AND TOP OF ONE PIECE; FRONT PANEL, END PANEL, END CAPS, CORNERS, AND JOINER PIECES TO SNAP TOGETHER, WITH FRONT PANEL EASILY REMOVABLE. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH DAMPER. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL AS SELECTED. ELEMENT BRACKETS: 0.0516 INCH GALVANIZED STEEL TO SUPPORT FROM PANEL AND NOISE FREE ELEMENT CRADLE. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. FINNED TUBE RADIATION MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS: WWW.MARLEYMEH.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. HEATING ELEMENTS: 3/4 INCH ID SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING, MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS SIZED 4 X 4 INCHES, SUITABLE FOR SOLDERED FITTINGS. ELEMENT HANGERS: QUIET OPERATING, BALL BEARING CRADLE TYPE PROVIDING UNRESTRICTED LONGITUDINAL MOVEMENT, ON ENCLOSURE BRACKETS. ENCLOSURES: 0.0478 INCH STEEL UP TO 18 INCHES IN HEIGHT, 0.0598 INCH STEEL OVER 18 INCHES IN HEIGHT OR ALUMINUM AS DETAILED, WITH EASILY JOINTED COMPONENTS FOR WALL TO WALL INSTALLATION. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED. DAMPER: WHERE NOT THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED, PROVIDE KNOB- OPERATED INTERNAL DAMPER AT ENCLOSURE AIR OUTLET. ACCESS DOORS: FOR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE VALVES, PROVIDE FACTORY -MADE PERMANENTLY HINGED ACCESS DOORS, 6 X 7 INCH MINIMUM SIZE, INTEGRAL WITH CABINET. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. CONVECTORS MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. HEATING ELEMENTS: SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING MECHANICALLY EXPANDED INTO EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS AND CAST IRON HEADERS, STEEL SIDE PLATES AND SUPPORTS, FACTORY AIR PRESSURE TESTED AT 100 PSI UNDER WATER, WITH MEANS OF ADJUSTING PITCH OF ELEMENT. CABINET: 0.0598 INCH STEEL FRONT AND TOP, 0.0478 INCH STEEL BACK AND ENDS; EXPOSED CORNERS ROUNDED; EASILY SECURED REMOVABLE FRONT PANELS, ADEQUATELY BRACED AND REINFORCED FOR STIFFNESS. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED. DAMPER: WHERE NOT THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED, PROVIDE KNOB- OPERATED INTERNAL DAMPER AT ENCLOSURE AIR OUTLET. ACCESS DOORS: FOR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE VALVES, PROVIDE FACTORY -MADE PERMANENTLY HINGED ACCESS DOORS, 6 X 7 INCH MINIMUM SIZE, INTEGRAL WITH CABINET. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. CABINET UNIT HEATERS MANUFACTURERS: 1. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION: WWW.SLANTFIN.COM. 2. STERLING HYDRONICS /MESTEK TECHNOLOGY, INC: WWW.STERLINGHEAT.COM. 3. THE TRANE COMPANY: WWW.TRANE.COM. COILS: EVENLY SPACED ALUMINUM FINS MECHANICALLY BONDED TO COPPER TUBES, DESIGNED FOR 100 PSI AND 220 DEGREES F. CABINET: 0.0598 INCH STEEL WITH EXPOSED CORNERS AND EDGES ROUNDED, EASILY REMOVED PANELS, GLASS FIBER INSULATION AND INTEGRAL AIR OUTLET. FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED BAKED ENAMEL OF COLOR AS SELECTED ON VISIBLE SURFACES OF ENCLOSURE OR CABINET. FANS: CENTRIFUGAL FORWARD- CURVED DOUBLE -WIDTH WHEELS, STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY BALANCED, DIRECT DRIVEN. MOTOR: TAP WOUND MULTIPLE SPEED PERMANENT SPLIT CAPACITOR WITH SLEEVE BEARINGS, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED. C. D. E. F. 2.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.03 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 2.04 A. B. C. D. E. F. SECTION 23 8101- TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS (CONT.) G. CONTROL: MULTIPLE SPEED SWITCH, FACTORY WIRED, LOCATED IN CABINET. H. FILTER: EASILY REMOVED 1 INCH THICK GLASS FIBER THROW -AWAY TYPE, LOCATED TO FILTER AIR BEFORE COIL. I. CAPACITY: AS SCHEDULED, BASED ON 65 DEGREE F ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 180 DEGREE F AVERAGE WATER TEMPERATURE. 2.05 HYDRONIC RADIANT HEATERS 2.06 ELECTRIC BASEBOARD A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. MARLEY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS 2. SLANT /FIN CORPORATION 3. BRASCH B. ASSEMBLY: UL LISTED AND LABELED WITH TERMINAL BOX AND COVER, AND BUILT -IN CONTROLS. C. HEATING ELEMENTS: ENCLOSED COPPER TUBE, ALUMINUM FINNED ELEMENT OF COILED NICKEL - CHROME RESISTANCE WIRE CENTERED IN TUBES AND EMBEDDED IN REFRACTORY MATERIAL. D. ENCLOSURE: MINIMUM 0.030 INCH STEEL WITH 7 INCH HIGH BACK AND TOP OF ONE PIECE; FRONT PANEL, END PANEL, END CAPS, CORNERS, AND JOINER PIECES TO SNAP TOGETHER, AND FRONT PANEL EASILY REMOVABLE. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH DAMPER. E. CONTROL: WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC THERMOSTAT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO FINISHED AREAS AFTER WALLS AND CEILING ARE FINISHED AND PAINTED. DO NOT DAMAGE EQUIPMENT OR FINISHES. C. BASEBOARD RADIATION: LOCATE ON OUTSIDE WALLS AND RUN COVER CONTINUOUSLY WALL -TO -WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CENTER ELEMENTS UNDER WINDOWS. WHERE MULTIPLE WINDOWS OCCUR OVER UNITS, DIVIDE ELEMENT INTO EQUAL SEGMENTS CENTERED UNDER EACH WINDOW. INSTALL END CAPS WHERE UNITS BUTT AGAINST WALLS. D. FINNED TUBE RADIATION: LOCATE ON OUTSIDE WALLS AND RUN COVER WALL -TO -WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. CENTER ELEMENTS UNDER WINDOWS. WHERE MULTIPLE WINDOWS OCCUR OVER UNITS, DIVIDE ELEMENT INTO EQUAL SEGMENTS CENTERED UNDER EACH WINDOW. ALIGN CABINET JOINTS WITH WINDOW MULLIONS. INSTALL WALL ANGLES WHERE UNITS BUTT AGAINST WALLS. E. CONVECTORS: INSTALL WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE TO ASSURE CORRECT RECESS SIZE FOR RECESSED CONVECTORS. F. CABINET UNIT HEATERS: INSTALL AS INDICATED. COORDINATE TO ASSURE CORRECT RECESS SIZE FOR RECESSED UNITS. G. HYDRONIC UNITS: PROVIDE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE ON SUPPLY AND LOCKSHIELD BALANCING VALVE ON RETURN PIPING. IF NOT EASILY ACCESSIBLE, EXTEND VENT TO EXTERIOR SURFACE OF CABINET FOR EASY SERVICING. FOR CABINET UNIT HEATERS, PROVIDE FLOAT OPERATED AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS WITH STOP VALVE. H. INSTALL ELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT INCLUDING DEVICES FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER BUT NOT FACTORY - MOUNTED. FURNISH COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAM SUBMITTAL. SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING ANC COOLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNITS. B. INDOOR DUCTLESS FAN & COIL UNITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. SANYO B. THE TRANE COMPANY C. MITSUBISHI D. OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.02 SYSTEM DESIGN A. SPLIT - SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, MATCHED FACTORY-ENGINEERED AND ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS; UL LISTED. 1. HEATING: NONE. 2. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT LINES INTERNAL TO UNITS AND BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS, FACTORY CLEANED, DRIED, PRESSURIZED AND SEALED, WITH INSULATED SUCTION LINE. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. EFFICIENCY: ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING (EER) /COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) NOT LESS THAN REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE STD 90.1; SEASONAL EFFICIENCY TO ASHRAE STD 103 AND LOCAL ENERGY CODE. 2.03 INDOOR UNITS FOR DUCTLESS SYSTEMS (AC-1) A. INDOOR UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED UNIT CONSISTING OF CABINET, SUPPLY FAN, EVAPORATOR COIL, AND CONTROLS; WIRED FOR SINGLE POWER CONNECTION WITH CONTROL TRANSFORMER. B. EVAPORATOR COILS: COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN ASSEMBLY, GALVANIZED OR POLYMER DRAIN PAN SLOPED IN ALL DIRECTIONS TO DRAIN, DRAIN CONNECTION, REFRIGERANT PIPING CONNECTIONS, RESTRICTED DISTRIBUTOR OR THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE. 1. CONSTRUCTION AND RATINGS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 210/240 AND UL LISTED. 2. MANUFACTURER: SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 2.04 OUTDOOR UNITS (ACCU -1) A. OUTDOOR UNITS: SELF - CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, PRE -WIRED UNIT CONSISTING OF CABINET, WITH COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER. 1. CABINET: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, EASILY REMOVED AND SECURED ACCESS DOORS WITH SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES, GLASS FIBER INSULATION WITH REFLECTIVE LINER. 2. CONSTRUCTION AND RATINGS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 210/240 WITH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STD 23 AND UL LISTED. B. COMPRESSOR: ARI 520; HERMETIC, TWO SPEED 1800 AND 3600 RPM, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED INTEGRAL WITH CONDENSER, WITH POSITIVE LUBRICATION, CRANKCASE HEATER, HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL, MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, SERVICE VALVES AND DRIER. PROVIDE TIME DELAY CONTROL TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING AND RAPID SPEED CHANGES. C. ACCESSORIES: SOLENOID VALVES, CHARGE PLUGS, BYPASS VALVES, STOP VALVES, BALL VALVES, ACCUMULATORS, STRAINERS, THERMISTORS, FILTER DRIER, HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH (MANUAL RESET), THERMOMETER WELL (IN LIQUID LINE). 1. PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES. D. OPERATING CONTROLS: - - -- - - 1. CONTROL BY ROOM THERMOSTAT TO MAINTAIN ROOM TEMPERATURE SETTING. 2. LOW AMBIENT KIT: PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCH TO CYCLE CONDENSER FAN ON WHEN CONDENSER REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABOVE 285 PSIG AND OFF WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW 140 PSIG FOR OPERATION TO 0 DEGREES F. E. MOUNTING PAD: PRECAST CONCRETE PARKING BUMPERS, MINIMUM 4 INCHES SQUARE; MINIMUM OF TWO LOCATED UNDER CABINET FEET. 2.05 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. ROOM THERMOSTAT: WALL - MOUNTED, ELECTRIC SOLID STATE MICROCOMPUTER BASED ROOM THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SETTING; LOW- VOLTAGE. SECTION 23 8127 - SMALL SPLIT-SYSTEM HEATING AND COOLING (CONT.) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND NFPA 90B. C. INSTALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STD 15. D. PROVIDE REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE FILTER - DRIERS, WITH ISOLATION VALVES AND VALVED BYPASS. E. LOCATE EXPANSION VALVE SENSING BULB IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF EVAPORATOR ON SUCTION LINE. • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN 12 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION! V2O 05E DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. err MAY 2'9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACOBS 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 EXPRRES AUGUST 1, 2010 J Client: <>It KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: No. B 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 A Date 05 -05 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID 04 -09 -09 I DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 05 2009 PFRMIT CFNTFR Drawing No.: G -110 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 26 0500 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, NEC AND LOCAL ADMENDMENTS. B. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED.. SECTION 26 0501- MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK: AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION. B. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO KEY BANK BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. C. BEGINNING OF DEMOLITION MEANS INSTALLER ACCEPTS EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE: MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEM IN SERVICE. DISABLE SYSTEM ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS. MINIMIZE OUTAGES. 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. REMOVE EXISTING INSTALLATIONS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. B. REMOVE WIRING TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. C. REMOVE CONDUIT, INCLUDING ABANDONED CONDUIT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FINISHES. CUT CONDUIT FLUSH FLOORS, AND PATCH SURFACES. D. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE OUTLETS AND DEVICES. E. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SERVING UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT THAT HAS BEEN REMOVED. F. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE LUMINAIRES. REMOVE BRACKETS, STEMS, HANGERS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. G. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION. 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. CLEAN AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WHICH REMAIN OR ARE TO BE REUSED. B. PANELBOARDS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY SHOWING REVISED CIRCUITING ARRANGEMENT. SECTION 26 0519 - LOW - VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 V AND LESS) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WIRE AND CABLE FOR 600 VOLTS AND LESS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS A. CONCEAL CONDUITS AND CABLES IN WALL CONSTRUCTION AND ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS. EXPOSED CONDUITS AND CABLES IN FINISHED AREAS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. EXPOSED WIRING WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED IN SPECIFIC AREAS LISTED IN PARAGRAPH C BELOW. B. CONCEALED DRY INTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY, OR METAL CLAD CABLE. C. EXPOSED DRY INTERIOR LOCATIONS (ETO RM, ATM /AHD CLOSET, AND JAN CLOSET ONLY): USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. D. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY, OR METAL CLAD CABLE. E. WET OR DAMP INTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN RACEWAY. F. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: USE ONLY BUILDING WIRE IN METAL RACEWAY. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. DESCRIPTION: SINGLE CONDUCTOR INSULATED WIRE. B. CONDUCTOR: COPPER. C. INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 VOLTS. D. INSULATION: NFPA 70, TYPE THHN/THWN. 2.03 METAL CLAD CABLE A. DESCRIPTION: NFPA 70, TYPE MC. B. CONDUCTOR: COPPER. C. INSULATION VOLTAGE RATING: 600 VOLTS. D. INSULATION TEMPERATURE RATING: 75 DEGREES C. E. INSULATION MATERIAL: THERMOPLASTIC. F. ARMOR MATERIAL: ALUMINUM OR STEEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WIRE AND CABLE SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. ROUTE WIRE AND CABLE AS REQUIRED TO MEET PROJECT CONDITIONS. C. USE WIRING METHODS INDICATED. D. PULL ALL CONDUCTORS INTO RACEWAY AT SAME TIME. E. SUPPORT CABLES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING, USING SPRING METAL CLIPS OR METAL OR FIRE RATED PLASTIC CABLE TIES TO SUPPORT CABLES FROM STRUCTURE OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. DO NOT REST CABLE ON CEILING PANELS. F. NEATLY TRAIN AND LACE WIRING INSIDE BOXES, EQUIPMENT, AND PANELBOARDS. G. CLEAN CONDUCTOR SURFACES BEFORE INSTALLING LUGS AND CONNECTORS. H. MAKE SPLICES, TAPS, AND TERMINATIONS TO CARRY FULL AMPACITY OF CONDUCTORS WITH NO PERCEPTIBLE TEMPERATURE RISE. I. IDENTIFY AND COLOR CODE WIRE AND CABLE UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0553. IDENTIFY EACH CONDUCTOR WITH ITS CIRCUIT NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION INDICATED. J. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN NETA STD ATS, SECTION 7.3.2 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TESTS LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS, SECTION 7.3.2 CABLES, LOW VOLTAGE, 600V MAXIMUM. SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUND BAR A. MANUFACTURER 1. PANDUIT MODEL: GB2B0306TP -1 2.02 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES A. GROUNDING LUGS SHOULD BE CRIMP ON TWO HOLE WITH 5/8" SPACING AND 1/4" HOLES. B. WIRE: STRANDED COPPER. C. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR: SIZE TO MEET NFPA 70 REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. PROVIDE BONDING TO MEET REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED IN QUALITY ASSURANCE. B. ISOLATE ETO GROUND BAR MINIMUN 2 INCHES FROM WALL. C. PROVIDE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS. JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 N Date 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 Designed By: PDX Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: KAH Checked By: MKB Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: SPECIFICATIONS RECEIVED JUN 05 2099 PERMIT CENTER Drawing No.: G -111 SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS. B. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS. SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONT.) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND FASTENERS - GENERAL: CORROSION- RESISTANT MATERIALS OF SIZE AND TYPE ADEQUATE TO CARRY THE LOADS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONDUIT, INCLUDING WEIGHT OF WIRE IN CONDUIT. B. SUPPORTS: FABRICATED OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR FORMED STEEL MEMBERS; GALVANIZED. C. ANCHORS AND FASTENERS: 1. DO NOT USE POWDER- ACTUATED ANCHORS, SPRING CLIPS, OR BEAM CLAMPS. 2. STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: USE BEAM CLAMPS, STEEL SPRING CLIPS, STEEL RAMSET FASTENERS, OR WELDED FASTENERS. 3. CONCRETE SURFACES: USE SELF - DRILLING ANCHORS OR EXPANSION ANCHORS. 4. HOLLOW MASONRY, PLASTER, AND GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS: USE TOGGLE BOLTS OR HOLLOW WALL FASTENERS. 5. SHEET METAL: USE SHEET METAL SCREWS. 6. WOOD ELEMENTS: USE WOOD SCREWS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY AND SECURELY SUPPORT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. 1. DO NOT FASTEN SUPPORTS TO PIPES, DUCTS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, OR CONDUIT. 2. DO NOT DRILL OR CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. B. RIGIDLY WELD SUPPORT MEMBERS OR USE HEXAGON -HEAD BOLTS TO PRESENT NEAT APPEARANCE WITH ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND RIGIDITY, USE SPRING LOCK WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. C. INSTALL SURFACE - MOUNTED CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS WITH MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. D. IN WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS USE STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORTS TO STAND CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS 1 INCH OFF WALL. E. USE SHEET METAL CHANNEL TO BRIDGE STUDS ABOVE AND BELOW CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS RECESSED IN HOLLOW PARTITIONS. SECTION 26 0534 - CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CONDUIT, FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. CONDUIT SIZE: COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. B. WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS: USE RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. C. DRY LOCATIONS: USE ELECTRIC.;aL METALLIC TUBING. D. ETO RM., ATM /AHD CLOSET, AND JAN CLOSET: USE EXPOSED ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: ANSI C80.1. B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: NEMA FB 1; MATERIAL TO MATCH CONDUIT. 2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. DESCRIPTION: INTERLOCKED STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH PVC JACKET. B. FITTINGS: NEMA FB 1. 2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. DESCRIPTION: ANSI C80.3; GALVANIZED TUBING. B. FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES: NEMA FB 1; STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON COMPRESSION TYPE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL CONDUIT SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL STEEL CONDUIT AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 101. C. ARRANGE SUPPORTS TO PREVENT MISALIGNMENT DURING WIRING INSTALLATION. D. SUPPORT CONDUIT USING COATED STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON STRAPS, LAY -IN ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, CLEVIS HANGERS, AND SPLIT HANGERS. E. FASTEN CONDUIT SUPPORTS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SURFACES UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0529. F. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS. REMOVE WIRE USED FOR TEMPORARY SUPPORTS. G. DO NOT ATTACH CONDUIT TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. H. ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. I. ROUTE CONDUIT INSTALLED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. J. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE CLEARANCE BETWEEN CONDUIT AND PIPING. K. CUT CONDUIT SQUARE USING SAW OR PIPECUTTER; DE -BURR CUT ENDS. L. BRING CONDUIT TO SHOULDER OF FITTINGS; FASTEN SECURELY. M. PROVIDE SUITABLE PULL STRING IN EACH EMPTY CONDUIT EXCEPT SLEEVES AND NIPPLES. N. USE SUITABLE CAPS TO PROTECT INSTALLED CONDUIT AGAINST ENTRANCE OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. 0. GROUND AND BOND CONDUIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0526. SECTION 26 0535 - SURFACE RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. SURFACE METAL RACEWAY: SHEET METAL CHANNEL WITH FITTED COVER, SUITABLE FOR USE AS SURFACE METAL RACEWAY. 1. SIZE: AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. FINISH: GRAY ENAMEL. 3. FITTINGS, BOXES, AND EXTENSION RINGS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ACCESSORIES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL RACEWAYS SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. C. USE FLAT -HEAD SCREWS, CLIPS, AND STRAPS TO FASTEN RACEWAY CHANNEL TO SURFACES. MOUNT PLUMB AND LEVEL. D. USE SUITABLE INSULATING BUSHINGS AND INSERTS AT CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS AND CORNER FITTINGS. SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. CABLE TRAYS AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA FOR FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE TRAY TYPE, DIMENSIONS, SUPPORT POINTS, AND FINISHES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LADDER -TYPE CABLE TRAY A. DESCRIPTION: NEMA VE 1, CLASS 12C LADDER TYPE TRAY. B. MATERIAL: FORMED ALUMINUM, PAINTED WITH GRAY EPDXY. C. INSIDE WIDTH: 12 INCHES. D. INSIDE DEPTH: 4 INCHES. E. STRAIGHT SECTION RUNG SPACING: 6 INCHES ON CENTER. SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS (CONT.) F. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CLAMPS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, SPLICE PLATES, REDUCER PLATES, BLIND ENDS, BARRIER STRIPS, CONNECTORS, AND GROUNDING STRAPS. 2.02 WARNING SIGNS A. ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES: 1/4 INCH BLACK LETTERS ON YELLOW LAMINATED PLASTIC NAMEPLATE, ENGRAVED WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDING: "WARNING! DO NOT USE CABLE TRAY AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT. USE ONLY AS MECHANICAL SUPPORT FOR CABLES AND TUBING!" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL METALLIC CABLE TRAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA VE 1. B. SUPPORT TRAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 26 0529. C. GROUND AND BOND CABLE TRAY UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0526. 1. PROVIDE CONTINUITY BETWEEN TRAY COMPONENTS. 2. USE ANTI - OXIDANT COMPOUND TO PREPARE ALUMINUM CONTACT SURFACES BEFORE ASSEMBLY. 3. PROVIDE 8 AWG BARE COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR THROUGH ENTIRE LENGTH OF TRAY; BOND TO EACH COMPONENT. 4. CONNECTIONS TO TRAY MAY BE MADE USING MECHANICAL OR EXOTHERMIC CONNECTORS. D. INSTALL WARNING SIGNS AT 6 FEET CENTERS ALONG CABLE TRAY, LOCATED TO BE VISIBLE. SECTION 26 0537 - BOXES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WALL AND CEILING OUTLET BOXES. B. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLE i BOXES A. SHEET METAL OUTLET BOXES: NEMA OS 1, GALVANIZED STEEL. 1. LUMINAIRE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTING BOXES: RATED FOR WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED; INCLUDE 1/2 INCH MALE FIXTURE STUDS WHERE REQUIRED. 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. SHEET METAL BOXES: NEMA OS 1, GALVANIZED STEEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF FLOOR BOXES AND OUTLETS IN OFFICES AND WORK AREAS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL BOXES SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR SPLICES, TAPS, WIRE PULLING, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70. C. ORIENT BOXES TO ACCOMMODATE WIRING DEVICES ORIENTED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 26 2726. D. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND PRESENT NEAT MECHANICAL APPEARANCE. E. INSTALL PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND IN UNFINISHED AREAS ONLY. F. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERS, BENCHES, AND BACKSPLASHES. G. LOCATE OUTLET BOXES TO ALLOW LUMINAIRES POSITIONED AS SHOWN ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. H. ALIGN ADJACENT WALL MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES FOR SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND SIMILAR DEVICES. I. SECURE FLUSH MOUNTING BOX TO INTERIOR WALL AND PARTITION STUDS. ACCURATELY POSITION TO ALLOW FOR SURFACE FINISH THICKNESS. J. DO NOT FASTEN BOXES TO CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. K. SUPPORT BOXES INDEPENDENTLY OF CONDUIT, EXCEPT CAST BOX THAT IS CONNECTED TO TWO RIGID METAL CONDUITS BOTH SUPPORTED WITHIN 12 INCHES OF BOX. L. USE GANG BOX WHERE MORE THAN ONE DEVICE IS MOUNTED TOGETHER. DO NOT USE SECTIONAL BOX. SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NAMEPLATES AND LABELS. B. WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS . A. NAMEPLATES: ENGRAVED THREE -LAYER LAMINATED PLASTIC, BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE BACKGROUND. B. LOCATIONS: 1. EACH ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. 2. COMMUNICATION CABINETS. C. LETTER SIZE: 1. USE 1/8 INCH LETTERS FOR IDENTIFYING INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT AND LOADS. 2.02 WIRE MARKERS A. DESCRIPTION: CLOTH, TAPE, SPLIT SLEEVE, OR TUBING TYPE WIRE MARKERS. B. LOCATIONS: EACH CONDUCTOR AT PANELBOARD GUTTERS, PULL BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND JUNCTION BOXES EACH LOAD CONNECTION. C. LEGEND: 1. POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS: BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER NUMBER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. CONTROL CIRCUITS: CONTROL WIRE NUMBER INDICATED ON SCHEMATIC AND INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS ON DRAWINGS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL NAMEPLATES AND LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES. B. SECURE NAMEPLATES TO EQUIPMENT FRONT USING SCREWS. C. SECURE NAMEPLATES TO INSIDE SURFACE OF DOOR ON PANELBOARD THAT IS RECESSED IN FINISHED LOCATIONS. SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE OUTLINE AND SUPPORT POINT DIMENSIONS, VOLTAGE, MAIN BUS AMPACITY, INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT AMPERE RATING, CIRCUIT BREAKER AND FUSIBLE SWITCH ARRANGEMENT AND SIZES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A. DESCRIPTION: NEMA PB1, CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE, LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. B. PANELBOARD BUS: COPPER, RATINGS AS INDICATED. PROVIDE COPPER GROUND BUS IN EACH PANELBOARD; PROVIDE INSULATED GROUND BUS WHERE SCHEDULED. C. MINIMUM INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING: AS INDICATED. D. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS, BOLT -ON TYPE, WITH COMMON TRIP HANDLE FOR ALL POLES; UL LISTED. 1. DO NOT USE TANDEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS. E. ENCLOSURE: NEMA PB 1, TYPE 1. F. CABINET FRONT: FLUSH CABINET FRONT WITH CONCEALED TRIM CLAMPS, CONCEALED HINGE, METAL DIRECTORY FRAME, AND FLUSH LOCK ALL KEYED ALIKE. FINISH IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY ENAMEL. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PANELBOARDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA PB 1.1 AND NECA 1. B. INSTALL PANELBOARDS PLUMB. INSTALL RECESSED PANELBOARDS FLUSH WITH WALL FINISHES. C. PROVIDE TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. D. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 26 0553. E. PROVIDE SPARE CONDUITS OUT OF EACH RECESSED PANELBOARD TO AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING. IDENTIFY EACH AS SPARE. 1. MINIMUM SPARE CONDUITS: 3 EMPTY 1 INCH. F. GROUND AND BOND PANELBOARD ENCLOSURE ACCORDING TO SECTION 26 0526. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA STD ATS, EXCEPT SECTION 4. B. PERFORM INSPECTIONS AND TESTS LISTED IN META ATS, SECTION 7.6.1.1 CIRCUIT BREAKERS, AIR INSULATED - CASE /MOLDED AND SECTION 7.1 SWITCH GEAR AND SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLIES VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION ITEMS 1 THROUGH 13 (ONLY). SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. WALL SWITCHES. B. RECEPTACLES. C. DEVICE PLATES AND DECORATIVE BOX COVERS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG INFORMATION SHOWING DIMENSIONS, COLORS, AND CONFIGURATIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. COOPER WIRING DEVICES B. HUBBELL C. LEVITON MANUFACTURING, INC D. SUBSTITUTIONS: APPROVED EQUAL 2.02 WALL SWITCHES A. WALL SWITCHES: HEAVY DUTY, AC ONLY GENERAL -USE SNAP SWITCH, COMPLYING WITH NEMA WD 6 AND WD 1. 1. BODY AND HANDLE: IVORY PLASTIC WITH TOGGLE HANDLE. 2. RATINGS: a. VOLTAGE: 120 -277 VOLTS, AC. b. CURRENT: 20 AMPERES. B. SWITCH TYPES: SINGLE POLE AND 3 -WAY. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. RECEPTACLES: HEAVY DUTY, COMPLYING WITH NEMA WD 6 AND WD 1. 1. DEVICE BODY: IVORY PLASTIC. 2. CONFIGURATION: NEMA WD 6, TYPE AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED. B. DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES. C. GFCI RECEPTACLES: CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER TO MEET REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. D. ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: ORANGE BODY WITH GREEN TRIANGLE 2.04 TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. EXTRA HEAVY DUTY GRADE INDUSTRIAL GRADE 1. SINGLE POLE: 30 AMPERE, 120 -277V HUBBELL MODEL #: HBL3031I OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2 DOUBLE POLE: 30 AMPERE, 120 -277V HUBBELL MODEL #: HBL30321 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.05 WALL PLATES A. DECORATIVE COVER PLATES: IVORY, NYLON. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT OUTLET BOXES ARE INSTALLED AT PROPER HEIGHT. B. VERIFY THAT WALL OPENINGS ARE NEATLY CUT AND WILL BE COMPLETELY COVERED BY WALL PLATES. C. VERIFY THAT BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING INSTALLATION IS COMPLETED, TESTED, AND READY FOR CONNECTION TO WIRING DEVICES. 3.02 PREPARATION A. PROVIDE EXTENSION RINGS TO BRING OUTLET BOXES FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. B. CLEAN DEBRIS FROM OUTLET BOXES. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 1. B. INSTALL DEVICES PLUMB AND LEVEL. C. INSTALL SWITCHES WITH OFF POSITION DOWN. D. INSTALL RECEPTACLES WITH GROUNDING POLE ON BOTTOM. E. CONNECT WIRING DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. F. INSTALL DECORATIVE PLATES ON SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND BLANK OUTLETS IN FINISHED AREAS. G. CONNECT WIRING DEVICES BY WRAPPING CONDUCTOR AROUND SCREW TERMINAL. H. INSTALL GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN UNFINISHED AREAS, ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, AND ON SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLETS. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. INSTALL WALL SWITCH 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. B. INSTALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT EACH WIRING DEVICE FOR DEFECTS. B. OPERATE EACH WALL SWITCH WITH CIRCUIT ENERGIZED AND VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. C. VERIFY THAT EACH RECEPTACLE DEVICE IS ENERGIZED. D. TEST EACH RECEPTACLE DEVICE FOR PROPER POLARITY. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DEVICES AND WALL PLATES TO BE FLUSH AND LEVEL. SECTION 26 2818- ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FUSIBLE SWITCHES. B. NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE SWITCH RATINGS AND ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. FUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. 1. EXTERNALLY OPERABLE HANDLE INTERLOCKED TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN ON POSITION. 2. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. 3. ! FUSE CLIPS: DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE NEMA FU1, CLASS R FUSES. B. NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER KNIFE SWITCH. 1. EXTERNALLY OPERABLE HANDLE INTERLOCKED TO PREVENT OPENING FRONT COVER WITH SWITCH IN ON POSITION. 2. HANDLE LOCKABLE IN OFF POSITION. C. ENCLOSURES: NEMA KS 1. 1. INTERIOR DRY LOCATIONS: TYPE 1. 2. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: TYPE 3R. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, B. INSTALL FUSES IN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES. C. APPLY ADHESIVE TAG ON INSIDE DOOR OF EACH FUSED SWITCH INDICATING NEMA FUSE CLASS AND SIZE INSTALLED. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. INSPECT AND TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH NETA ATS SECTION 7.5.1.1 SWITCHES, AIR, LOW VOLTAGE. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 26 5100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES. B. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS. C. EXIT SIGNS. D. BALLASTS. E. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY. F. LAMPS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, AND PER CE°DA . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. FURNISH PRODUCTS AS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2.02 BALLASTS AND CONTROL UNITS A. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: ELECTRONIC TYPE, SUITABLE FOR LAMPS SPECIFIED. 1. VOLTAGE: 120 VOLTS. B. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY: EMERGENCY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN BALLAST COMPARTMENT OF FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRE. 1. BATTERY: SEALED LEAD CALCIUM TYPE', RATED FOR 5 YEAR LIFE. 2. INCLUDE TEST SWITCH AND AC ON INDICATOR LIGHT, INSTALLED TO BE OPERABLE AND VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF AN ASSEMBLED LUMINAIRE. 2.03 LAMPS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GE LIGHTING 2. PHILIPS LIGHTING CO OF NA. 3. OSRAM SYLVANNIA. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED. B. LAMP TYPES: AS SPECIFIED FOR EACH LUMINAIRE. C. FLUORESCENT LAMPS: 1. COLOR TEMPERATURE: 3500K PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL FIXTURES SECURELY, IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AS SPECIFIED IN NECA 500 (COMMERCIAL LIGHTING). B. LOCATE RECESSED CEILING LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. C. INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS PLUMB AND ADJUST TO ALIGN WITH BUILDING LINES AND WITH EACH OTHER. SECURE TO PREVENT MOVEMENT. D. EXPOSED GRID CEILINGS: SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES IN GRID CEILING DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. E. INSTALL CLIPS TO SECURE RECESSED GRID SUPPORTED LUMINAIRES IN PLACE F. INSTALL WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AT HEIGHT AS SCHEDULED. G. INSTALL ACCESSORIES FURNISHED WITH EACH LUMINAIRE. H. CONNECT LUMINAIRES AND EXIT SIGNS TO BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLETS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 26 0537 USING FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. I. MAKE WIRING CONNECTIONS TO BRANCH CIRCUIT USING BUILDING WIRE WITH INSULATION SUITABLE FOR TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS WITHIN LUMINAIRE. J. BOND PRODUCTS AND METAL ACCESSORIES TO BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. K. INSTALL SPECIFIED LAMPS IN EACH LUMINAIRE. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION. INSPECT FOR PROPER CONNECTION AND OPERATION. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. POSITION EXIT SIGN DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN ELECTRICAL PARTS TO REMOVE CONDUCTIVE AND DELETERIOUS MATERIALS. B. REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM ENCLOSURES. C. CLEAN PHOTOMETRIC CONTROL SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. CLEAN FINISHES AND TOUCH UP DAMAGE. 3.05 PROTECTION A. RELAMP LUMINAIRES THAT HAVE FAILED LAMPS AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3.06 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS 5,5"' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIAN( APPROV JUN 1. 2 2099 City of Tukwila BUILDING 1 1i CITY MAY 2'g 7009 PERMIT CENTER DISCLAIMER: NOT ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS APPLY TO THIS LOCATION. PLUMBING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION - - - -- DOMESTIC, COLD WATER DOMESTIC, EQUIPMENT - -- DOMESTIC, HOT WATER -- --- ® - - -- DOMESTIC, HOT WATER RETURN - - SANITARY, PLUMBING FIXTURES SANITARY, FLOOR DRAINS SANITARY, PIPING SANITARY, BELOW SLAB /FLOOR SANITARY, VENT LINE STORM DRAIN, PIPING STORM DRAIN PIPING, BELOW SLAB /FLOOR G NATURAL GAS PIPING POINT OF DISCONNECTION / POINT OF CONNECTION UNION JOINT IF -- —0 TEE - UP, BRANCH OUT OF TOP ___6....__ '!` TEE - DOWN, BRANCH OUT OF BOTTOM v v ELBOW -UP O ELBOW -DOWN CAP ON END OF PIPE 7 GATE VALVE D4 —k-1— CHECK VALVE --ICI— BALL VALVE -- I V I-- PLUG VALVE --t11-1 COMBINATION TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE --®-- FLEX CONNECTION OR --i P -TRAP OC FLOOR CLEANOUT 0 FCO ---�I CO CLEANOUT 1 ICI WCO WALL CLEANOUT I FLOOR DRAIN & TRAP (TYPE AS NOTED ON PLANS) c lill TRAP PRIMER 1 WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR b SERVICE STOP j _____._@#,1/#1 PIPE SLOPE DIRECTION OF FLOW I L _JIL._ VENT THROUGH ROOF ABBREVIATIONS ADA AFF CO CW DF DFU DN DOM DW EQ, EQUIP E OR (E) FCO FD HB HUB HW HWH IHWH INV LAV MV MS NTS PD PRESS RD RWL SAN SQ. FT., SF SS ST TP TYP UR V VB VTR WC WCO WHA WSFU AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUT COLD WATER DRINKING FOUNTAIN DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS DOWN DOMESTIC DISH WASHER EQUIPMENT EXISTING FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN HOSE BIBB HUB DRAIN HOT WATER HOT WATER HEATER INSTANTANEOUS HOT WATER HEATER INVERT ELEVATION LAVATORY MIXING VALVE MOP SINK NOT TO SCALE PUMP DRAIN PRESSURE (PSI) ROOF DRAIN RAIN WATER LEADER SANITARY SQUARE FEET SERVICE SINK STORM WATER TRAP PRIMER TYPICAL URINAL VENT PIPE VACUUM BREAKER VALVE VENTTHRU ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEANOUT WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES 1. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR TO INSTALL COMPLETE AND OPERABLE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF PLUMBING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND DIVISIONS, WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENT DRAWINGS. 3. COMPLETE ALL LEAK TESTS AND CORRECT ALL LEAKS PRIOR TO APPLYING PLUMBING INSULATION TO EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 4. WHERE TWO OR MORE ITEMS OF THE SAME TYPE OF EQUIPMENT ARE REQUIRED, USE THE PRODUCT OF ONE MANUFACTURER. 5. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT DEFINITELY FIXED BY DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. THE EXACT LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS MUST BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR BASED ON PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS. SUBMIT FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 6. COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FLOOR, WALL, AND ROOF OPENINGS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 7. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFIED DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE PIPING DIMENSIONS BEFORE FABRICATION. 8. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PLUMBING TO ADHERE TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING HEIGHTS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL HOLD ALL PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO CLEAR ALL FACILITIES EQUIPMENT. 9. PENETRATION OF DUCTWORK BY PIPES IS UNACCEPTABLE. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Ll�i�CE APPROVE JUN 1 2 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DR /IRWIN 5E RECEIVED JUN 05 2009 PERMIT CENTER CI7YOf TUKNALA MAY 2`9 2009 PERMIT CENTER JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 N A Designed By: STH Date Issue /Revision 05 -05 -09 04 -09 -09 ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Drawing No.: P -001 DF -1 0 BASEMENT - PARTIAL PLUMBING DEMO PLAN SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0" SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0" BASEMENT - PARTIAL PLUMBING NEW WORK PLAN 1 1 !I I ._ _11 1 L GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING P -001 FOR PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO DRAWING P -501 FOR PLUMBING SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS. 3. REFER TO DRAWINGS G -001 THROUGH G -004 AND G -100 THROUGH G -114 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PLUMBING SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6. PIPING LAYOUTS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL OFFSETS ARE NOT NECESSARILY SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND COORDINATE THE WORK FURNISH NECESSARY OFFSETS, VALVES, VENTS, AND FITTINGS TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES AND WITH STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS. 0 DEMOLITION KEYNOTES 1. PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN AS IS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIX OR REPAIR FIXTURE TO "LIKE NEW' CONDITION. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. EXISTING WATER HEATER TO REMAIN. VERIFY WATER HEATER IS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. REPORT ANY DEFICIENCY WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE DEMOLISHED. NEW FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED. REFER TO NEW WORK PLAN NOTE W. TEMPORARILY CAP OFF ALL WATER LINES AT WALL AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONNECTION. 4. EXISTING KITCHEN SINK TO BE DEMOLISHED. NEW FIXTURE TO BE INSTALLED IN SIMILAR LOCATION. 5. EXISTING DISHWASHER TO BE DEMOLISHED. CAP OFF ALL WATER LINES IN WALL/ FLOOR AS REQUIRED. 6. EXISTING URNIALTO BE DEMOLISHED. CAP AND SEAL PLUMBING LINES IN WALL. PATCH, PAINT AND REPAIR WALL TO "LIKE NEW CONDITION. 0 NEW WORK KEYNOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE IN EXISTING LOCATION: NEW FIXTURES MAY BE SLIGHTLY RELOCATED TO COMPLY WITH ADA STANDARDS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATION. REPLACE, REUSE OR EXTEND EXISTING PLUMBING LINES TO MOUNT FIXTURE AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ALL NEW SUPPLY LINES, TRAPS AND STOPS. NEW VALVE CAN BE REUSED IF IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, FIELD VERIFY. PROVIDE TEMPERING VALVE (POWERS #e480, ASSE 1070). PROVIDE PVC ADA INSULATING WRAP ON STOPS AND TRAPS. B. PROVIDE NEW DRINKING FOUNTAIN. CONNECT TO EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEM CONNECTING EXISTING MOPSINK. PROVIDE NEW VACUUM BREAKER (WATTS SD -2) TO DF -1 WATER SUPPLY. C. PROVIDE NEW KITCHEN SINK. CONNECT TO EXISTING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS FOR DEMOLISHED SINK. EXTEND WATER LINES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE CLEAN INSTALLATION. RE1lI{�WED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPR VE JUN 1 2 2009 City of Tuk G I !SIO N ?Go9 O5 SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" 0 4' cirV ° to MAY ) 2`0 2009 RECEWWEr PERMIT CENTER JUN 0520U9 PERMIT GENIE PLAN NORTH 8' 12' MIN JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437 -4300 FAX (614) 437 -4304 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: No. A Sheet Title: Drawing No.: 1 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 KeyBank 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Date 05 -05 -09 04-09-09 Project No.: F5W86602 Scale: AS NOTED Issue /Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Designed By: Drawn By: Checked By: STH STH PRS BASEMENT PLUMBING DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK PLAN P -101 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE SYSTEM OR SERVICE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL TRAP CONNECTIONS . REMARKS WASTE VENT CW HW DFU WSFU HOT COLD WC- 1 WATER CLOSET AMERICAN STANDARD CADET 2998.014 INTEGRAL 4" 2" 1/2" NA 4 - 5 ADA COMPLIANT, VITREOUS CHINA, FLOOR MOUNTED, 14" ROUGH-IN ELONGATED TOILET, CLOSE-COUPLED TANK, 1.6 GPF., AMERICAN STANDARD SEAT 5324.019 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LAVA BATHROOM LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD COMRADE 0124.131 . 114" 1 1/4 " 1 1/4" 1/2" 1/2" 1 1 2 ADA COMPLIANT, VITREOUS CHINA, 20" x 18 1/4" WALL HUNG LAVATORY, 4' CENTERS, REAR OVERFLOW, CONCEALED ARM CARRIER ZURN #Z1231, DELTA FAUCET 500-WF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) MOUNT AT 34" AFF. DF-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN ELKAY EDFPVR217RAC 1 1/4" 1 1/4 " 1 1/4" 318" NA .5 - 1 .5 ADA COMPLIANT, NO-LEAD, TWO LEVEL, WALL MOUNTED DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SURFACE MOUNTING PLATE WITH CANE APRON. KS-1 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE KITCHEN SINK ELKAY LRAD1919 1 1/2 " 1 1/2 " 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 2 1 2 ADA COMPLIANT, 191/2" x 19" SINGLE BOWL, 18 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING FULLY UNDERCOATED, 3 HOLE DRILLINGS W/ 4" CENTERS, DELTA FAUCET 100-WF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT ZURN ZB-1400 - 3", 4" - - - - - - ADJUSTIBLE CLEANOUT WITH BRONZE TOP OR CARPET FLANGE COVER IN CARPETED AREAS. WCO WALL CLEANOUT ZURN ZB-1447-TX-VP - 3", 4" - - - - - - 676 BRONZE ACCESS COVER WIITH 3' CLEAN OUT PLUG, 1/8 RECESSED TILE COVER WITH VANDAL PROOF TOP. WHA WATER HAMMER ABSORBER JOSAM 75001-S - - - 1/2 1/2" - - - RATED FOR 1-11 FIXTURE UNITS. PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE SYSTEM OR SERVICE AVERAGE PIPE TEMP. (°F) INSULATION TYPE PIPE LOCATION JACKET INSULATION THICKNESS (IN.) PIPE SIZE INDOOR OUTDOOR BURIED ALL SERVICE METAL FABRIC 1/2" - 2" 2 1/2" - 4" COLD WATER 60 FIBERGLASS X - - X - - 1 1 HOT WATER 110 FIBERGLASS X - - X - - 1 1 JACO 250 E. BROAD ST., SUITE 1150, COLUMBUS, OH 43215 (614) 437-4300 FAX (614) 437-4304 EXPIRES AUGUST 1, 2010 Client: KeyBank 2025 ONTARIO ST, 4TH FLOOR CLEVELAND, OHIO 44115 Project: 2008 BRANCH MODERNIZATION PROGRAM PID# 3872 RIVERTON HEIGHTS 3434 SOUTH 152ND ST. SEATTLE, WA 98188 No. B A Date 05-05-09 04-09-09 Designed By: STH Issue/Revision ISSUE FOR PERMIT / BID DESIGN DEVELOPMENT Drawn By: STH Checked By: PRS Project No.: F51/96602 Scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title: PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES Drawing No.: P-501 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE A - pRimE JUN 1 2 2009 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVIRirmi 7(701-- 055 RECEIVED JUN 05 2009 PERMIT CENTEF cr 4ism iy . MAY 2 2009 PERMITCENTER